Mitsubishi Heavy Industries SRRM40HENG-L Handbook Download Page 710

Page: 710 / 1106

708

V MULTI

Model FDR308-A

Model FDR408-A

Internal resistance without suction panel

Internal resistance without filter

Square duct blower internal resistance

[Standard]
3-spot blower internal resistance

2-spot blower
internal resistance

High speed

•

High

High speed

•

Upper limit

High speed

•

Lower limit

High speed

•

Low

Standard

•

Upper limit

Standard

•

Low

Standard

•

High

Static pressure Pa (mmAq)

Lower
limit

Upper
limit

Air flow (m

/min)

–20(–2)

0(0)

20(2)

40(4)

60(6)

80(8)

100(10)

120(12)

Model FDR508-A

Internal resistance without suction panel

Internal resistance without filter

Square duct blower internal resistance

4-spot blower internal resistance [Standard]

3-spot blower
internal resistance

High speed

•

High

High speed

•

Upper limit

High speed

•

Lower limit

High speed

•

Low

Standard

•

Upper limit

Standard

•

Low

Static pressure Pa (mmAq)

Lower
limit

Upper
limit

Air flow (m

/min)

–20(–2)

0(0)

20(2)

40(4)

60(6)

80(8)

100(10)

120(12)

Internal resistance without suction panel

Internal resistance without filter

Square duct blower
internal resistance

[Standard] 4-spot blower internal resistance

3-spot blower internal resistance

High speed

•

High

High speed

•

Upper limit

High speed

•

Lower limit

igh speed

•

Low

Standard

•

Upper limit

Standard

•

Low

Standard

•

High

Static pressure Pa (mmAq)

Lower
limit

Upper
limit

Air flow (m

/min)

–20(–2)

0(0)

20(2)

40(4)

60(6)

80(8)

100(10)

120(12)

Summary of Contents for SRRM40HENG-L

Page 1: ...MITSUBISHI DAIYA 2000 AIR CONDITIONING HEAT PUMP MACHINERY HANDBOOK ...

Page 2: ...WALL MOUNTED TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type WALL MOUNTED TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air cooled cooling only type CEILING RECESSED TYPE CASSETTERIA MODELS Split system Air to air heat pump type HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Spilt system Air to air heat pump type HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Sp...

Page 3: ...1 SRK GZ 1 WALL MOUNTED TYPE ROOM AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type SRK25GZ L1 SRK35GZ L1 SRK502Z L 1 SRK GZ ...

Page 4: ...1 3 1 Electrical wiring 12 1 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 16 1 5 APPLICATION DATA 30 1 5 1 Selection of location for installation 31 1 5 2 Installation of indoor unit 32 1 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 34 1 5 4 Refrigerant piping 35 1 5 5 Test run 36 1 5 6 Precautions for wireless remote controller installation and operation 37 1 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 38 1 6 1 Trouble shooting 3...

Page 5: ...d control after the unit has stabilized 2 Fuzzy control Fuzzy control calculates the amount of variation in the difference between the suction air temperature and the setting tem perature in compliance with the fuzzy rules in order to control the air capacity and the inverter frequency 3 Remote control flap The flap can be automatically controlled by operating wireless remote control Natural flow ...

Page 6: ...roller Room temperature control MC Thermostat Pilot lamp RUN Green TIMER Yellow Safety equipment O D mm in Liquid line φ6 35 1 4 Gas line φ9 52 3 8 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4 m Gas line 0 35 m Insulation Necessary Both sides Drain hose Connectable Power source cord 2 5 m 3 cores with Earth Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores Including earth cable Conn...

Page 7: ...equipment O D mm in Liquid line φ6 35 1 4 Gas line φ12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4 m Gas line 0 35 m Insulation Necessary Both sides Drain hose Connectable Power source cord 2 5 m 3 cores with Earth Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores Including earth cable Connection wiring Connecting method Terminal block Screw fixing type Accessories included M...

Page 8: ... Green Safety equipment O D mm in Liquid line φ6 35 1 4 Gas line φ12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4 m Gas line 0 35 m Insulation Necessary Both sides Drain hose Connectable Power source cord 2 5 m 3 cores with Earth Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores Including earth cable Connection wiring Connecting method Terminal block Screw fixing type Accessor...

Page 9: ...erature conditions however excludes the initial pull down stage Note The chart is the result from the continuous operation un der constant air temperature conditions however ex cludes the initial pull down stage and any possible de frost cycles Outdoor air temp ºC D B Indoor air temp ºC D B b Heating operation Model Item All models Maximum V 198 Maximum V 264 3 Voltage application Model SRK25GZ L1...

Page 10: ...15 19 9 236 5 4 5 36 117 40 37 36 56 9 49 A 790 15 67 51 60 62 18 16 780 VIEW A 15 760 170 450 170 Room temp thermistor Terminal block Piping for Gas Ø12 7 390 Piping for Liquid Ø6 35 440 Drain hose 600 Ø16 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275 187 5 61 46 9 260 117 37 6 36 56 9 49 1 2 3 Exterior dimensions 1 Indoor unit Model SRK25GZ L1 Unit mm Model SRK35GZ L1 ...

Page 11: ...82 5 61 5 2 Ø12 Terminal block 127 7 33 3 40 40 645 Drain holes Service valve Gas Flare connecting Ø9 52 3 8 Service valve Liquid Flare connecting Ø6 35 1 4 50 12 42 13 5 274 5 300 12 23 44 245 540 100 3 39 7 14 4 Remote controller Unit mm Model SRK502Z L Unit mm ...

Page 12: ...23 14 93 44 142 5 510 33 142 5 40 32 115 45 45 Service Valve Liquid Flare connecting Ø6 35 1 4 Service Valve Gas Flare connecting Ø12 7 1 2 Terminal block Drain holes 542 539 413 65 15 300 272 14 58 44 16 12 Oval holes for unit fixing 2 places 14 50 Unit mm Model SRC502Z L Unit mm ...

Page 13: ...ir temp thermistor Compressor Accumulator Discharge Heat exchanger thermistor Cooling cycle Heating cycle Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Room temp thermistor Heat exchanger Flare connecting Piping Gas ø9 52 Heat exchanger thermistor Piping Liquid ø6 35 Check joint 4 way valve Service valve Liquid Flare connecting Discharge temp thermistor Cooling cycle Heating cycle Outdoor air ...

Page 14: ...1 Room temp thermistor 20S 4 way valve coil FMI Fan motor Indoor Th2 Heat exchanger thermistor Indoor unit 52C Magnetic contactor FMO Fan motor Outdoor Th3 Humidity thermistor DS Diode stack NF Noise filter Th5 Heat exchanger thermistor Outdoor unit C Capacitor RL Inspection lamp Th6 Outdoor air temp thermistor 52X1 2 Auxiliary relay NK Noise killer Th7 Discharge pipe temp thermistor EEV Electroni...

Page 15: ...l line BK 1 2 3 4 WH 3 2 1 3 2 1 Back up switch Power transistor Y WH RD Y GN WH BK RD WH GY RD WH BK Y GN Y GN LB BR Black Blue Brown Light blue Yellow Red Gray White Violet Yellow Green F2 15A NK NK C RL CM ZNR F1 250V 3 15A CFI FMI FM0 20S SM Tr 52C Printed circuit board Printed circuit board Power source 1 phase 220 240V 50Hz Indoor unit Outdoor unit Display Wireless R Amp Model SRK25GZ L1 ...

Page 16: ...wer source Signal line BK 1 2 3 4 WH 3 2 1 3 2 1 Back up switch Power transistor Display CND Wireless R Amp Y WH RD Y GN WH BK RD WH GY RD WH BK Y GN Y GN LB BR Black Blue Brown Light blue Yellow Red Gray White Violet Yellow Green F2 20A NK NK C RL CM ZNR F1 250V3 15A CFI FMI FM0 20S SM Tr 52C Printed circuit board Printed circuit board Power source 1 phase 220 240V 50Hz Indoor unit Outdoor unit ...

Page 17: ... board Printed circuit board Printed circuit board Power transistor Fuse 250V 25A WH Y BL Y GN LB BR RD WH BK RD CNB CNB GY BL CNA CNE DS IC2 RL CNA WH RD WH BK U V W P N OR RE WH BK 52C 4 52C 3 52C F 250V 3 15A S J BK RD 3 4 5 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 20S FMo CM FMI SM Indoor unit Outdoor unit Color symbol BK Black BL Blue BR Brown Y Yellow RD Red LB Light blue WH White Y GN Yellow Green ...

Page 18: ... but practically only the pertinent parts are indicated HI POWER operation indicator Indicators during HI POWER operation ECONOMY operation indicator Indicators during ECONOMY operation Operation switch over indicator Indicators the for the operation which has been set AIR FLOW indicator Indicates selected flap mode OPERATION MODE select button Each time the button is pushed the indicator is switc...

Page 19: ...F button ON OFF button ON OFF Model SRK25GZ L1 Model SRK35GZ L1 TIMER RUN SRK35GZ RUN HOT KEEP lamp green Illuminates during operation Flashing at stop blowing due to the hot keep TIMER lamp yellow Illuminates during TIMER operation Model SRK35GZ L1 Model SRK502Z L Model SRK502Z L RUN HI POWER ECONO ECONOMY lamp orange Illuminates during ECONOMY operation TIMER TIMER lamp yellow Illuminates during...

Page 20: ... downward directions continuously Horizontal blowing ii When not operating The flap returns to the position of air flow directly below when operation has stopped b Memory flap Excepted SRK 25 model While the flap is operating if the AIRFLOW button is pushed once it stops swinging at an angle As this angle is memorized in the microcomputer the flap will be automatically set to the angle when next o...

Page 21: ...e sensor Th1 2 This function does not actuate when the operation select switch is set at the dehumidifying as well as the dehumidifying in the auto mode However the operation of item 1 above is performed during the dehumidifying in the auto mode 3 During the pleasant reservation operation both the operation lamp and timer lamp illuminate and the timer lamp goes off after expiration of the timer ON...

Page 22: ...mal mode Normal heating operation operation after HI POWER completion Values of A B A B At 0 Hz command 22 25 Other than 0 Hz 17 19 command Indoor heat exchanger temp C 1st speed 2nd speed 3rd speed 4th speed 5th speed 6th speed 7th speed Normal mode Normal heating operation operation after HI POWER completion Indoor heat exchanger temp C Values of A B A B At 0 Hz command 22 25 Other than 0 Hz 17 ...

Page 23: ...ration after end of defrosting 100 sec Defrosting operation Defrost ON operation 80 sec Fuzzy calculation value Outdoor fan Inverter command frequency Operation lamp Depending on frequency 4 way valve Note 1 Steps marked with of indoor blower are subject to the hot keep control 3 Ending conditions Operation returns to the heating cycle when either one of the following is met 1 Outdoor heat exchang...

Page 24: ...frequency turned to 0 Hz during heating operation 2 When the temperature detected with the external temperature sensor is below 2ºC 2 Detail Low voltage is applied to the compressor from the inverter so as to preheat the compressor in which refrigerant melted in the refrigeration oil is vaporized circulated smoothly at the start of heating operation and as a result the startup of heating operation...

Page 25: ... 34 44Hz 34 44Hz 18 44rps Air flow 3 4th speed 3rd speed 3 4th speed ii When any protective function actuates the operation is performed in the mode corresponding to the function iii Outdoor blower is operated in accordance with the frequency Inverter frequency 0Hz Comp stopped Indoor fan Corresponds to fan speed switch Outdoor fan Stop Model SRK25GZ L1 SRK35GZ L1 SRK502Z L Item AUTO HI MED LO AUT...

Page 26: ...SRK25 35GZ L1 1 0 Room temperature Setting temperature deg 2 High Low 55 70 100 Operation range Relative humidity I C B A F E D 55 70 Relative humidity Humidity sensor setting range High humidity range A B C I Low humidity range D E F I Operating pattern Inverter frequency rps Indoor fan 7 speed 6 speed 5 speed 4 speed 3 speed 2 speed 1 speed OFF 2 speed OFF Outdoor fan Determination of cooling or...

Page 27: ...ifying After interrupting the compressor operation for 3 minutes by the 3 minute timer following the determination of heating oriented dehumidifying the unit enters in the heating operation If the room temperature exceeds the setting temperature by 2ºC or more the unit checks the room temperature at 3 minute intervals and depending on the result determines the range of heating oriented dehumidifyi...

Page 28: ... 1 step 2 Taking the upper limit of control frequency range at 25 35 60 Hz 50 70 rps if the output frequency obtained with the fuzzy calculation exceeds the upper limit the upper limit value is maintained iii Reset conditions When the outdoor thermistor temperature drops below 16ºC 9 Economical operation ECONO button on remote controller ON Pressing the economy button initiates a soft operation wi...

Page 29: ...hing at the same time iii Reset conditions When the external temperature thermistor temperature drops below 40ºC h Freezing cycle system protective control i Operating conditions When both of following conditions have continued for more than 5 minutes later than 5 minutes after the start of operation 1 Command frequency is higher than 60 Hz rps 2 During cooling dehumidifying Indoor heat exchanger ...

Page 30: ...turns to 0 Hz When 0 Hz is commanded from the indoor unit controller when an outdoor protective function is actuated ii Detail of operation S SRK25GZ L1 35GZ L1 ON OFF ON OFF 10 sec 10 sec Notes 1 When the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature is in the range of 55 65 63 ºC the frequency is reduced by 8 Hz 8 rps at each 20 seconds 2 When the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature is in the range ...

Page 31: ...ation Heating heating Cooling cooling Heating heating Cooling cooling oriented dehumidifying oriented dehumidifying oriented dehumidifying oriented dehumidifying Stop Full stop Stop Full stop Stop Restart Stop Restart 0 rps command 0 rps command 0 rps command 0 rps command Inverter frequency Indoor fan Indoor power relay Outdoor fan 4 way valve Command frequency 0 Frequency dependent OFF ON OFF 3 ...

Page 32: ...clu sive use circuits are used Insufficient power source circuit capacity and defective installment execution can be the cause of electric shocks and fires Accurately connect wiring using the proper cable and insure that the external force of the cable is not conducted to the terminal connection part through properly securing it improper connection or securing can result in heat generation or fire...

Page 33: ...nce to the neighborhood f A place where servicing space can be secured 4 cm 5 cm 10 cm 1 5 cm Left side Right side r h Air inlet Service space Air inlet Air Outlet Note 1 If the wall is higher than 1 2 m or a ceiling is present distances larger than indicated in the above table must be provided C B D A Snow hood Height Must be over the possible snow deposit height Model SRK25GZ L1 Item SRK35GZ L1 ...

Page 34: ...crews in a temporary tightened state Adjust so that board will be level by turning the board with the stan dard hole as the center Fixing on concrete wall Use of nut anchor Use of bolt anchor Note 1 Drill a hall with incline of 5 degree from indoor side to outdoor side Tapping Screws Standard hole Bolt M6 12 Mounting board Nut M6 Mounting board Max 10 Indoor side Outdoor side Cut off the sleeve co...

Page 35: ...v Install lid b Protective taping Protect the cable with tape at the section where the cable passes through the hole opened on the wall c Forming of pipe Holding down the pipe at the root change the pipe direction extend it and adjust according to the circumstance When the pipe is extended to left and taken out from the rear center Drain pipe relocation procedure 1 Remove the drain pipe 2 Remove t...

Page 36: ...r Drain elbow should not be used where days when temperature drops below 0 C continue for several days Draining may be disturbed by frozen water d When installing the unit at a higher place or where it could be toppled with strong winds secure the unit firmly with foundation bolts wire etc 2 Connection of indoor and outdoor connecting wiring a Connect the wiring according to the number of the indo...

Page 37: ...After completing vacuum operation fully open service valve Both gas and liquid sides with hexagon headed wrench e Check for possible leakage of gas in the connection parts of both indoor and outdoor Remove the flared nuts on both liquid and gas sides Remove the flared nuts on both liquid and gas sides Install the removed flared nuts to the pipes to be connected then flare the pipes Dimension A Liq...

Page 38: ...ever when the power source is cut off or when the unit s operation switch is turned off or was turned to fan operation position the unit will not go into operation in order to protect the compressor 3 Insert in electric plug into the electric outlet and make sure that it is not loose a When there is something wrong with the electric outlet and if the insertion of the electric plug is insufficient ...

Page 39: ... may be more or less depending on the installation 3 The coverage may be less or even nil If the sens ing element is exposed to strong light such as direct sunlight illumination etc or dust is deposited on it or it is used behind a curtain etc or or less 6 m o r l e s s Wireless remote controller 6 m or less Remote control available in this area Receiver or less 1 5 6 Precautions for wireless remo...

Page 40: ...cur again Temporarily turn off the power source and turn it on again in about 1 min and turn the unit on again YES No YES YES Does the trouble occur again Disconnect connectors and connect them again Operate the unit again after confirming that the fuse and the varistor equipped on PCB does not burn out Carry out checks according to detailed check process See later page Unit did not cool etc Is th...

Page 41: ...trance thermistor temperature of 50 C or un der continued for more than 3 seconds while operation is stopped This is not displayed during operation When outdoor revolution speed of 0 rps continued for 3 minutes and then broken wire signal has been transmitted by discharge pipe Comp dome thermistor data for more than 10 seconds Compressor stops 1 time flash 2 time flash 3 time flash 5 time flash 6 ...

Page 42: ...eat ex changer temperature outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature external tem perature Discharge pipe Comp dome thermistor temperature char acteristics Temperature C Shortcircuit Broken wire Resistance kΩ Current cut Open phase on compressor output terminal compressor lock YES YES NO NO YES NO Check compressor wiring visually Check insulation resistance 1 MΩ or over Check coil wire resistance Fe...

Page 43: ...ror Broken power transistor broken compressor wire Current safe stop Overload operation compressor lock overcharge Compressor overheat Gas shortage defective discharge pipe Comp dome thermistor Secure space for suction and blow out Discharge refrigerant Is refrigerant charge quantity adequate Is outdoor ventilation condition good Inspect compressor Defective inverter YES YES NO NO YES Is output vo...

Page 44: ... 1 2 on the outdoor side terminal block Defective indoor unit PCB Check crossover wires Is there any problem on the power supply line fuse reactor capacitor etc Replace fuse reactor or capacitor Defective outdoor unit PCB Check crossover wires Indoor fan motor error Defective fan motor defective PCB YES YES NO NO Is connector connection good Is voltage 110 220V applied to fan motor Between White R...

Page 45: ...al YES Again pushing operating switch Operating the unit NO Does backup switch operates Operating the unit NO NO YES YES Remote controller defects Abnormality is not found a Press the reset switch of the remote controller b If all LCD are displayed after zero 0 display it is basi cally normal Replace the display Control problem on main unit Is the unit operable with remote controller Normal Defect...

Page 46: ...s fuse 3 15A blown Indoor electrical equipment are normal Is voltage applied between CNC 1 2 at transformer s secondary side Approx 12V Is voltage applied between terminals 1 2 on terminal block 220 240V Is DC 0 12V detected between terminals 2 3 on terminal block Check power supply replace transformer Replace fuse Replace PCB Replace PCB 1 2 3 Is visual check result OK Defective PCB Including pow...

Page 47: ... transistor Including power transistor mark Tester probe Black BK BR Y RD V WH Y GN Operation Cooling HI POWER Cooling Rating Heating HI POWER Heating Rating Note 1 The output voltage are reference values when the inverter has no load Frequency Hz 92 82 112 104 228 228 228 228 Output voltage V Black Brown Yellow Red Violet White Yellow Green Inspection of input to PCB Inspection of power transisto...

Page 48: ... transistor Including power transistor mark Tester probe Black BK BR Y RD V WH Y GN Operation Cooling HI POWER Cooling Rating Heating HI POWER Heating Rating Note 1 The output voltage are reference values when the inverter has no load Frequency Hz 102 86 110 98 218 218 218 218 Output voltage V Black Brown Yellow Red Violet White Yellow Green Inspection of input to PCB Inspection of power transisto...

Page 49: ... parts in the control box for 5 minutes after the unit is stopped 1 2 3 Y GN Y GN S IN RD WH BK R IN G CNB CNB RL GY DS IC2 P RD U WH BK Tho A Tho R CND CNC CNA CNE CNA Tho D V W N BL AC S AC R S OUT 52X2 4 OR WH Re Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Printed circuit board Fuse 250V 25A Printed circuit board Power transistor CM 20S EEV FMo Output voltage ACV Example Self diagnosis display Flashes 2...

Page 50: ...hose A Firstly loose the connecting portion of the charge hose A at the gauge manihold side and open the valve 3 for a few seconds and then immediately retighten it after observing that gas is blow out from the loosened portion e Open the valve 1 and 3 after discharging air from the charge hose A then the gas refrigerant begins flowing from the cylinder into the unit Be sure to erect the refrigera...

Page 51: ...o MA165 to Remote part on the PCB in the direction as shown in the diagram below This diagram shows SRK25GZ L1 and although the other units have different layout on the PCB their concepts are some Power supply ON 3 minute timer operation Power supply OFF Air conditioner STOP Start operation AUTO COOL 26 C DRY 25 C HEAT 25 C AUTO AUTO Continuous Operation change Set temperature Air flow change Flap...

Page 52: ...50 SRK GZ MEMO ...

Page 53: ...51 SRK H 2 WALL MOUNTED TYPE ROOM AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type SRK328HENF L2 SRK408HENF L2 SRK501HENF L SRK561HENF L 51 SRK H ...

Page 54: ...TLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 65 2 4 1 Table of operation control 65 2 4 2 Details of operation control 66 2 5 APPLICATION DATA 77 2 5 1 Selection of location for installation 78 2 5 2 Installation of indoor unit 79 2 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 81 2 5 4 Refrigerant piping 82 2 5 5 Test run 83 2 5 6 Precautions for wireless remote controller installation and operation 84 2 6 MAI...

Page 55: ...switch is set on auto it will either automatically decide operation mode such as cooling heating and thermal dry or operate in the operation mode before it has been turned to automatic control 3 Self diagnosis Function We are constantly trying to do better service to our customers by installing such judges that show abnormality of operation as follows 2 1 2 How to read the model name Example SR K ...

Page 56: ...Electric heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless Remote controller Room temperature control MC Thermostat Pilot lamp RUN Green TIMER Yellow Safety equipment Dome mounted protector for compressor Internal thermostat for fan motor O D mm in Liquid line ø6 35 1 4 Gas line ø12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Neces...

Page 57: ...ration control Operation switch Wireless Remote controller Room temperature control MC Thermostat Pilot lamp RUN Green TIMER Yellow Safety equipment Dome mounted protector for compressor Internal thermostat for fan motor O D mm in Liquid line ø6 35 1 4 Gas line ø12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both sides Dra...

Page 58: ...ontrol MC Thermostat Pilot lamp RUN Green TIMER Yellow ECONO Orange HI POWER Green Safety equipment Dome mounted protector for compressor Internal thermostat for fan motor O D mm in Liquid line ø6 35 1 4 Gas line ø12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both sides Drain hose Connectable Power source cord 2 5m 3 core...

Page 59: ...ration switch Wireless Remote controller Room temperature control MC Thermostat Pilot lamp RUN Green TIMER Yellow ECONO Orange HI POWER Green Safety equipment Dome mounted protector for compressor Internal thermostat for fan motor O D mm in Liquid line ø6 35 1 4 Gas line ø12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both...

Page 60: ...from the continuous operation under constant air temperature con ditions however excludes the initial pull down stage and any possible defrost cycles 2 Total one way piping length and vertical height difference 3 Voltage application Models All models Item Minimum V 198 Maximum V 264 Outdoor air temp ºC W B Indoor air temp ºC W B Applicable temp range JIS Cooling Applicable temp range JIS Heating M...

Page 61: ...67 51 60 62 18 16 780 VIEW A 15 760 170 450 170 Room temp sensor Terminal block Piping for Liquid Ø6 35 440 Drain hose 600 Ø16 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275 187 5 61 46 9 260 117 37 6 36 56 9 49 Piping for Gas Ø12 7 390 Models SRK501HENF L 561HENF L ...

Page 62: ... 2 Lebel model name Service valve Liquid Ø6 35 1 4 2 Outdoor unit Models SRC328HENF L2 408HENF L2 300 14 14 272 58 44 142 5 142 5 510 32 115 40 33 265 795 50 45 45 Drain holes Drain holes Terminal block Unit mm MAX 80 Service valve Liquid Service valve Gas 55 22 14 255 272 58 44 23 93 65 14 413 50 542 539 15 50 16x12 Oval holes for unit fixing 2 places Flare fitting Ø6 35 1 4 Flare fitting Ø12 7 1...

Page 63: ...nit Defrost thermostat High pressure switch 63H for fan motor control Model SRK408HENF L2 Heat exchanger Strainer Service valve Liquid Flare connecting Service valve Gas Room temperature sensor Piping Gas Ø12 7 Piping Liquid Ø6 35 Flare connecting Check joint 4way valve Suction Capillary tube Check valve Heat exchanger Compressor Accumulator Discharge Heat exchanger sensor Cooling cycle Heating cy...

Page 64: ...h pressure switch 63H for fan motor control Room temperature thermistor Piping Gas Ø12 7 Piping Liquid Ø6 35 Flare connecting Check joint 4way valve Suction Muffler Capillary tube Deicer thermostat Heat exchanger Compressor Accumulator Discharge Heat exchanger thermistor Cooling cycle Heating cycle Indoor unit Outdoor unit ...

Page 65: ... Th2 the heat exchanger thermistor is the hot start hot keep and frost prevention thermistor for details refer to pages 71 72 74 3 Preset values 23DH defroster stop thermostat opens at over 14 C 63H overload protection high pressure switch during heating closes at 1 86 19 0 opens at 2 41 24 5 MPa kgf cm2 Relay symbol Control part Operation 52X4 20S Cooling Heating Defrost 52X5 FMO 52X6 52C CM Tabl...

Page 66: ...ure sensor Th2 the heat exchanger sensor is the hot start hot keep and frost prevention sensor for details refer to pages 71 72 74 Meaning of marks Symbol Parts name Symbol Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th1 2 Thermistor CFO Capacitor for FMO ZNR Varistor CM Compressor motor 20S 4 way valve coil F Fuse 51C Motor protector for CM FMI Fan motor Indoor unit 52C Magnetic contactor for CM FMO Fan motor...

Page 67: ...ording to the difference between room temperature and setting tem perature 1 Shorten pull down time for cooling heating operation 2 Low noise level operation can performed by proper air volume When heating is initiated thermostat reset or heating re sumed after defrosting the indoor fan is automatically controlled stop to set value in accordance with the temperature of the indoor air heat exchange...

Page 68: ...s started Recommendable stopping angle of the flap In case of cooling and dry operation Stops at the level position for one minute Sway operation The flap operation as shown above will repeated In case of heating operation Sway operation When the room temperature controller thermo stat is activated horizontal blowing is applied to prevent cool wind from blowing out Air flow when flaps are used dow...

Page 69: ...ON or ON Timer this system operates indoor fan with Lo for 20 seconds checks room temperature and allowing decision of operating mode automatically Room temperature 21ºC 21ºC Room temperature 26ºC 26ºC Room temperature Operation Mode Heating Dry Cooling Note 1 Operating Mode is not altered due to change of room temperature When intended to change operating mode switch operation change over dial to...

Page 70: ...temperature when operation mode is on AUTO RUN HOT KEEP light green Illuminates during operation Blinks at air flow stop due to the HOT KEEP FAN SPEED Indicator Unit indication section Indicates set air flow rate with lamp AIR FLOW Indicator TIMER Indicator SRK408HENF Shows selected flap mode TIMER light yellow Illuminates during TIMER operation OPERATION MODE Indicator Indicates selected operatio...

Page 71: ...changesn the HI POWER operation TIMER SET button This button sets the present time and TIMER time Clock switch The switch for setting the clock ON TIMER button The button selects ON TIMER oper ation or normal operation This button changes the flap mode This button changes the ECONOMY operation Button for setting the air quantity This button changes to SLEEP operation Switch for resetting microcomp...

Page 72: ...m temp Heating Cooling thermaldry Heating Cooling Set temp a Comfort timer settings Temperature is checked beginning 1 hour before the set time and the power is turned on before the timer setting as necessary to bring the temperature to the proper level by the set time Operation mode Room temperature sensor Th1 Operating start time amount of time previous to set time that operation begins Under 5 ...

Page 73: ...d comfortable heating operation is assured Controls of thermostat and indoor fan motor Temp that compres sor stops in HOT SPURT operation A A B B 3 C 1 C 2 C Temp that compres sor stops in ordinary operation Thermo setting RUN HOT KEEP lamp flashing Thermostat stop Resume operation HOT START HOT KEEP HOT SPURT Room Temp Time Indoor fan stops Indoor fan stops Expand Defrosting operation HOT START H...

Page 74: ...nditioner would not start for those 3 min where marked c HOT KEEP 1 Cold draft prevention I a Operation timing While defrosting operation b Function The indoor fan is stopped and RUN HOT KEEP lamp flashing 2 Cold draft prevention II a Operation timing When thermostat is switched to off b Function The indoor fan operates as shown below and after the passage of a period of either 5 minutes return to...

Page 75: ...by the difference between room temperature and thermo stat setting temperature as shown below Operation block area 2 0 3 Room temp Setting temp deg b Start up operation ON OFF OFF 0 3 6 9 12 ON OFF OFF 0 12 Compressor and outdoor fan Set fan speed Indoor fan Start Temperature check Start Temperature check Compressor and outdoor fan Set fan speed Indoor fan Operation block decision C D Block A B Bl...

Page 76: ...s has passed since the compressor started Indoor heat exchanger temperature C CM FMO re starting condition 1 Temperature of heat exchanger is 7 C or higher 2 As least 3 minutes has passed since the compressor stopped Set fan speed 9 Microcomputer controlled timely defrosting operation Heat pump type only a Defrost Start Changes in the difference in temperature between the intake air temperature an...

Page 77: ...irflow switch Swing Time as desired Start time 180 minutes after present time Refer to note 1 Note 1 Example of timer setting Clock AM 4 00 ON time AM 7 00 When the remote control operation is performed forced defrosting will start for one minute after the three minute timer operation ends After that the defrost thermostat 23DH will either turn OFF or the operation will stop after 10 minutes 50 61...

Page 78: ...t exchanger thermistor measures less than 20ºC for more than 3 seconds with the air conditioner OFF will not flashing during operation d Abnormality room temperature thermistor RUN lamp will flashing when the input temperature of the room tem perature thermistor measures less than 20ºC for more than 3 seconds with the air conditioner OFF will not flashing during operation Note 1 If the above abnor...

Page 79: ...u sive use circuits are used Insufficient power source circuit capacity and defective installment execution can be the cause of electric shocks and fires Accurately connect wiring using the proper cable and insure that the external force of the cable is not conducted to the terminal connection part through properly securing it improper connection or securing can result in heat generation or fire T...

Page 80: ...nd cold air or unit s operating sound will not be nuisance to the neighbourhood f A place where servicing space can be secured g A place where vibration will not be enlarge h In heating operation snow deposit on the heat exchanger of outdoor unit must be prevented for keeping the normal perform ance capacity i Snow hood on outdoor unit as in drawing will reduce the frequency of defrost operation W...

Page 81: ...tandard hole Bolt M6 12 Mounting board Nut M6 Mounting board Max 10 Mating Mark for Lever Surface Horizontally b Fixing method of installation board 2 Drilling the and installation of sleeve a Drill a hole with ø65 whole core drill Note 1 Drill a hall with incline of 5 degree from indoor side to outdoor side Indoor side Outdoor side b Adjusting sleeve lenght Option parts Cut off the sleeve collar ...

Page 82: ... N Polychloroprene rubber conductors insulation R Stranded core 3or5 Number of conductors G One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor yellow green 1 5 Section of copper wire mm2 Cooling only Heat pump type type 1 BROWN 2 BLUE 3 BLACK 4 GREEN YELLOW GREEN S 50 56 models i Open the suction grille then remove the lid ii Remove the wiring clamp iii Pass the connecting wire to terminal block fr...

Page 83: ... the unit b Be sure not to leave any trap on the drain pipe Wall Declining slope Inverted slipe Trap Slighty push Mounting block 2 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 1 Installation of outdoor unit a Make sure that sufficient space for installation and service is secured b Fix the leg sections of the unit on a firm base which will not play Attach cushion pads etc between the unit and the mounting fix...

Page 84: ...6 35 15 7 19 6 N m 1 6 2 0 kgf m Gas side ø12 7 39 2 49 0 N m 4 0 5 0 kgf m Use one more spanner to fix the valve Spanner for fixing the piping Torque wrench Always use a Torque wrench and back up spanner to tighten the flare nut Stop valve Two way valve Service port Charge hose Vacuum pump Charge hose Handle Hi pressure Manifold valve Pressure gauge Compound Gauge Stop valve Three way valve Handl...

Page 85: ...itional charge 2 5 5 Test run 1 Conduct trial run after confirming that there is no gas leaks 2 When conducting trial run set the remote controller thermostat to continuous operation position However when the power source is cut off or when the unit s operation switch is turned off or was turned to fan operation position the unit will not go into operation in order to protect the compressor 3 Inse...

Page 86: ...The remote controller is correctly facing the sensing element of the air conditioner when being manipulated 2 The typical coverage is indicated in the left illustration It may be more or less depending on the installation 3 The coverage may be less or even nil If the sensing element is exposed to strong light such as direct sunlight illumination etc or dust is deposited on it or it is used behind ...

Page 87: ...ur again Temporarily turn off the power source and turn it on again in about 1 min and turn the unit on again YES No YES YES Does the trouble occur again Disconnect connectors and connect them again Operate the unit again after confirming that the fuse and the varistor equipped on PCB does not burn out Carry out checks according to detailed check process See later page Unit did not cool etc Is the...

Page 88: ...sconnection of room temperature thermistor Fan motor is defective Printed circuit board is defective Compressor is defective Capacitor is defective Gas is short RUN lamp is lights continuously Abnormality of indoor fan motor Fan motor defective printed circuit board defective Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No No No No Yes Yes The fan motor is defective Is the connector connection good Repair the connec...

Page 89: ...Runaway of micro computer Remove receptacle Insert it after 3 min and operate No change Normal operation Indoor lamp of indoor unit does not illuminate Check receptacle voltage Check if PCB fuse is blown Check varistor Check transformer secondary voltage Replace PCB Replace fuse Replace varistor Replace transformer Notes 1 It is not necessary to inspect the dedicated cooling unit 2 Value in indica...

Page 90: ...ating overload protect begins to operate When FM is on AUTO is continuously Hi CM FMo are stopped Notes 1 When the room temperature thermistor Th1 will not operate normally Cooling or heating operation may be run continuously by putting the thermostat setting on CONTINUOUS 2 When switching to the defrost cycle 23DH opens broken connection the machanism resets to heating and defrosting will not ope...

Page 91: ... Purge air from the charge hose A Firstly loose the connecting portion of the charge hose A at the gauge manihold side and open the valve 3 for a few seconds and then immediately retighten it after observing that gas is blow out from the loosened portion e Open the valve 1 and 3 after discharging air from the charge hose A then the gas refrigerant begins flowing from the cylinder into the unit Be ...

Page 92: ...he high speed switching diode manufacturer Matsushita Manufacture type No MA165 to Remote part on the PCB in the direction as shown in the diagram below Power supply ON 3 minute timer operation Power supply OFF Air conditioner STOP Start operation AUTO COOL 26 C DRY 25 C HEAT 25 C AUTO AUTO Continuous Operation change Set temperature Air capacity change Flap Timer b Cooling only type Power supply ...

Page 93: ... the jumper wire for the REMOTE section on the printed circuit board Carefully position the jumper wire so that it does not come in contact with other parts REMOTE CNE CNG CNH CUSTOM CNM CNU FMI 20S 52X1 52C FUSE1 250V3 15A 23D ...

Page 94: ...92 SRK H MEMO ...

Page 95: ...93 93 SRK C 3 WALL MOUNTED TYPE ROOM AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air cooled cooling only type SRK501CENF L SRK561CENF L 93 SRK C ...

Page 96: ...ow to read the model name 95 3 2 SELECTION DATA 96 3 2 1 Specifications 96 3 2 2 Range of usage limitations 98 3 2 3 Exterior dimensions 99 3 2 4 Piping system 100 3 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 101 3 3 1 Electrical wiring 101 3 4 FUNCTIONS 101 3 5 APPLICATION DATA 101 3 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 101 ...

Page 97: ...ntrol switch is set on auto it will either automatically decide operation mode such as cooling heating and thermal dry or operate in the operation mode before it has been turned to automatic control 3 Self diagnosis Function We are constantly trying to do better service to our customers by installing such judges that show abnormality of operation as follows 3 1 2 How to read the model name Example...

Page 98: ...ypes Q ty Motor kW 1 7 Starting method Line starting Heat exchanger Louver fins tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tubes Refrigerant 4 kg R22 1 28 Refrigerant oil R 0 7 BARREL FREEZE 32SAM Air handling equipment Tangential fan 1 Propeller fan 1 Fan type Q ty Motor W 23 40 Air flow at High CMM 11 11 34 34 Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net washable 2 Shock vibration absorber Cushion rubber for com...

Page 99: ...h Color Ivory white Polar white Net weight kg 9 52 Refrigerant equipment RM5526GNE4 Rotary type 1 Compressor types Q ty Motor kW 1 9 Starting method Line starting Heat exchanger Louver fins tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tubes Refrigerant 4 kg R22 1 35 Refrigerant oil R 0 7 BARREL FREEZE 32SAM Air handling equipment Tangential fan 1 Propeller fan 1 Fan type Q ty Motor W 23 40 Air flow at Hig...

Page 100: ...er excludes the initial pull down stage Outdoor air temp CD B Indoor air temp CW B Applicable temp range JIS Cooling 2 Total one way piping length and vertical height difference Item Models All models Total one way piping length m 15 Outdoor unit is higher 5 Outdoor unit is lower 5 3 Voltage application Item Models All models Minimum V 198 Maximum V 264 Vertical height difference m ...

Page 101: ...F L 561CENF L 2 Outdoor unit Models SRC501CENF L 561CENF L 170 Oval M10x4 holes for Anchor bolt Drain pipe 87 15 55 850 70 5 30 100 290 60 87 15 25 19 307 615 25 17 475 345 30 19 510 170 Unit mm Service valve Gas Ø12 7 1 2 Lebel model name Service valve Liquid Ø6 35 1 4 ...

Page 102: ...at exchanger Room temperature thermistor Flare connecting Piping Gas ø12 7 Piping Liquid ø6 35 Flare connecting Service valve Gas Service valve Liquid Check joint Compressor Capillary tube Suction Accumulator Cooling cycle Discharge Heat exchanger thermistor Indoor unit Outdoor unit ...

Page 103: ...uver motor CFO Capacitor for FMO Th1 2 Thermistor CM Compressor motor ZNR Varistor F Fuse 51C Motor protector for CM FMI Fan motor Indoor unit 52C Magnetic contactor for CM FMO Fan motor Outdoor unit Table of relay operations Operation Cooling Relay symbol Control part 52C CM I 1 2 Color symbol BK Black BL Blue BR Brown RD Red OR Orange WH White Y Yellow LB Light blue Y GN Yellow Green 3 4 FUNCTIO...

Page 104: ...102 102 SRK C MEMO ...

Page 105: ...ULTI SPLIT SYSTEM ROOM AIR CONDITIONER 4 room Air to air heat pump type OUTDOOR UNIT SCM802HENG L SCM1002HENG L INDOOR UNIT SKM222HENG L SKM252HENG L SKM282HENG L SKM322HENG L SKM402HENG L SKM502HENG L SRRM40HENG L SCM HG 4room 103 ...

Page 106: ...lectrical wiring 127 4 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 129 4 5 APPLICATION DATA 146 4 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 147 4 5 2 Installation of remote controller 151 4 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 152 4 5 4 Electrical wiring 153 4 5 5 Refrigerant piping 154 4 5 6 Test run and handling instruction 157 4 5 7 Installation of optional parts Ceiling recessed type 158 4 6 MAINTENANCE...

Page 107: ...changed in step in relation to varying load to interlock with the indoor and outdoor unit fans controlled to changes in frequency thus controlling the power Allowing quick heating cooling operation during start up period Constant room temperature by fine tuned control after the unit has stabilized 6 Fuzzy control Fuzzy control calculates the amount of variation in the difference between the suctio...

Page 108: ...thod Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Drain hose Connectable Accessories including Mounting kit Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined SCM802HENG L 1002HENG L 4 2 SELECTION DATA 4 2 1 Specifications 1 Indoor unit a Wall mounted type Models SKM222HENG L 252HENG L 282HENG L Item Indoor air temperature Outdoor a...

Page 109: ... 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Drain hose Connectable Accessories including Mounting kit Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined SCM802HENG L 1002HENG L Item Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature Standards Operation DB DB WB DB WB Cooling 27ºC 19ºC 35ºC 24ºC JIS C9612 ISO T1...

Page 110: ...n φ 6 35 1 4 φ 12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Drain hose Connectable Accessories including Mounting kit Optional parts See page 158 Outdoor units to be combined SCM802HENG L 1002HENG L Item Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature Standards Operation DB DB WB DB WB Cooling 27ºC 19ºC 35ºC 24ºC JIS C9612 ISO T1 H...

Page 111: ...Core Number mm in Liquid line φ 6 35 1 4 4 Gas line φ 9 52 3 8 2 φ 12 7 1 2 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length piping Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Power source supply Terminal block Screw fixing type Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores Including earth cable Connecting method Terminal block Screw fixing type Accessories included Union φ 9 52 φ 12 7 2 φ 12 7 φ 9 52 2 Ins...

Page 112: ...g Indoor unit combination Heating capacity kW Power consumption W Running current A Room heating capacity kW Total capacity kW A room 3 2 3 4 4 0 4 5 5 4 6 7 B room C room D room Min Standard Max Min Standard Standard Max 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 3 2 3 4 4 0 4 5 5 4 6 7 3 9 4 0 4 7 5 6 6 0 7 9 1 room 2 room 3 room 22 25 28 32 40 50 22 22 22 25 22 28 22 32 22 40 22 50 25 25 25 28 25 32 25 40 25 50 2...

Page 113: ...8 25 28 32 25 28 40 25 28 50 25 32 32 25 32 40 25 32 50 25 40 40 25 40 50 28 28 28 28 28 32 28 28 40 28 28 50 28 32 32 28 32 40 28 32 50 28 40 40 28 40 50 32 32 32 32 32 40 32 32 50 32 40 40 40 40 40 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 25 22 22 22 28 22 22 22 32 22 22 22 40 22 22 22 50 22 22 25 25 22 22 25 28 22 22 25 32 22 22 25 40 22 22 25 50 22 22 28 28 22 22 28 32 22 22 28 40 22 22 32 32 22 22 32 40 22 25 25...

Page 114: ...0 50 22 22 22 25 22 28 22 32 22 40 22 50 25 25 25 28 25 32 25 40 25 50 28 28 28 32 28 40 28 50 32 32 32 40 32 50 40 40 40 50 50 50 Indoor unit combination Heating capacity kW Power consumption W Running current A Room heating capacity kW Total capacity kW A room B room C room D room Min Standard Max Min Standard Standard Max 4 room 22 28 28 28 22 28 28 32 22 28 28 40 22 28 32 32 22 32 32 32 25 25 ...

Page 115: ... 22 22 22 25 22 22 28 22 22 32 22 22 40 22 22 50 22 25 25 22 25 28 22 25 32 22 25 40 22 25 50 22 28 28 22 28 32 22 28 40 22 28 50 22 32 32 22 32 40 22 32 50 22 40 40 22 40 50 25 25 25 25 25 28 25 25 32 25 25 40 25 25 50 25 28 28 25 28 32 25 28 40 25 28 50 25 32 32 25 32 40 25 32 50 25 40 40 25 40 50 28 28 28 28 28 32 28 28 40 28 28 50 28 32 32 28 32 40 28 32 50 28 40 40 28 40 50 32 32 32 32 32 40 ...

Page 116: ... 22 40 22 22 22 50 22 22 25 25 22 22 25 28 22 22 25 32 22 22 25 40 22 22 25 50 22 22 28 28 22 22 28 32 22 22 28 40 22 22 32 32 22 22 32 40 22 25 25 25 22 25 25 28 22 25 25 32 22 25 25 40 22 25 28 28 22 25 28 32 22 25 28 40 22 25 32 32 22 25 32 40 22 28 28 28 22 28 28 32 22 28 28 40 22 28 32 32 22 32 32 32 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 28 25 25 25 32 25 25 25 40 25 25 28 28 25 25 28 32 25 25 28 40 25 25 32 ...

Page 117: ...x 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 3 2 3 4 4 0 4 5 5 4 6 7 3 9 4 0 4 7 5 6 6 0 7 9 1 room 2 room 3 room 22 25 28 32 40 50 22 22 22 25 22 28 22 32 22 40 22 50 25 25 25 28 25 32 25 40 25 50 28 28 28 32 28 40 28 50 32 32 32 40 32 50 40 40 40 50 50 50 22 22 22 22 22 25 22 22 28 22 22 32 22 22 40 22 22 50 22 25 25 22 25 28 22 25 32 22 25 40 22 25 50 22 28 28 22 28 32 22 28 40 22 28 50 22 32 32 22 32 40 22 32 50...

Page 118: ...32 50 25 40 40 25 40 50 25 50 50 28 28 28 28 28 32 28 28 40 28 28 50 28 32 32 28 32 40 28 32 50 28 40 40 28 40 50 28 50 50 32 32 32 32 32 40 32 32 50 32 40 40 32 40 50 32 50 50 40 40 40 40 40 50 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 25 22 22 22 28 22 22 22 32 22 22 22 40 22 22 22 50 22 22 25 25 22 22 25 28 22 22 25 32 22 22 25 40 22 22 25 50 22 22 28 28 22 22 28 32 22 22 28 40 22 22 28 50 22 22 32 32 22 22 32 40 2...

Page 119: ... 28 32 22 28 28 40 22 28 28 50 22 28 32 32 22 28 32 40 22 28 32 50 22 28 40 40 22 32 32 32 22 32 32 40 22 32 32 50 22 32 40 40 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 28 25 25 25 32 25 25 25 40 25 25 25 50 25 25 28 28 25 25 28 32 25 25 28 40 25 25 28 50 25 25 32 32 25 25 32 40 25 25 32 50 25 25 40 40 25 28 28 28 25 28 28 32 25 28 28 40 25 28 28 50 25 28 32 32 25 28 32 40 25 28 32 50 25 28 40 40 25 32 32 32 25 32 32 ...

Page 120: ... 1 5 1 5 2 2 2 5 2 8 3 2 4 0 5 0 2 5 2 8 3 0 3 5 4 5 5 6 1 room 2 room 3 room 22 25 28 32 40 50 22 22 22 25 22 28 22 32 22 40 22 50 25 25 25 28 25 32 25 40 25 50 28 28 28 32 28 40 28 50 32 32 32 40 32 50 40 40 40 50 50 50 22 22 22 22 22 25 22 22 28 22 22 32 22 22 40 22 22 50 22 25 25 22 25 28 22 25 32 22 25 40 22 25 50 22 28 28 22 28 32 22 28 40 22 28 50 22 32 32 22 32 40 22 32 50 22 40 40 22 40 5...

Page 121: ...28 28 28 28 28 32 28 28 40 28 28 50 28 32 32 28 32 40 28 32 50 28 40 40 28 40 50 28 50 50 32 32 32 32 32 40 32 32 50 32 40 40 32 40 50 32 50 50 40 40 40 40 40 50 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 25 22 22 22 28 22 22 22 32 22 22 22 40 22 22 22 50 22 22 25 25 22 22 25 28 22 22 25 32 22 22 25 40 22 22 25 50 22 22 28 28 22 22 28 32 22 22 28 40 22 22 28 50 22 22 32 32 22 22 32 40 22 22 32 50 22 22 40 40 22 22 40 5...

Page 122: ... 28 50 22 28 32 32 22 28 32 40 22 28 32 50 22 28 40 40 22 32 32 32 22 32 32 40 22 32 32 50 22 32 40 40 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 28 25 25 25 32 25 25 25 40 25 25 25 50 25 25 28 28 25 25 28 32 25 25 28 40 25 25 28 50 25 25 32 32 25 25 32 40 25 25 32 50 25 25 40 40 25 28 28 28 25 28 28 32 25 28 28 40 25 28 28 50 25 28 32 32 25 28 32 40 25 28 32 50 25 28 40 40 25 32 32 32 25 32 32 40 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 ...

Page 123: ...for the outdoor units and the maximum permissible height difference for the outdoor units are as shown below Outdoor air temp C W B Indoor air temp C D B Indoor air temp C W B Outdoor air temp C D B Note The chart is result from the continuous opera tion under constant air temperature conditions however excludes the initial pull down stage A B C Length for one indoor unit Total length for all room...

Page 124: ...ping for Liquid Ø6 35 420 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left 178 3 250 46 15 19 9 236 5 4 5 36 117 40 37 36 56 9 49 Unit mm Model SKM282HENG L A 790 15 67 51 60 62 18 16 780 VIEW A 15 760 170 450 170 Room temp thermistor Terminal block Piping for Gas Ø9 52 390 Piping for Liquid Ø6 35 440 Drain hose 600 Ø16 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275...

Page 125: ...A 790 15 67 51 60 62 18 16 780 VIEW A 15 760 170 450 170 Room temp thermistor Terminal block Piping for Gas Ø12 7 390 Piping for Liquid Ø6 35 440 Drain hose 600 Ø16 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275 187 5 61 46 9 260 117 37 6 36 56 9 49 ...

Page 126: ...05 220 90 220 105 150 30 50 170 20 40 320 35 670 Suspension bolts pitch 740 35 107 Suspension bolts M8 4 Procured by customer Controller 243 30 30 515 Suspension bolts pitch 455 60 16 117 150 230 Air outlet Terminal block I 38 135 75 Gas piping ø 12 7 Liquid piping ø 6 35 Drain hose Connection opening diameter ø 16 Unit mm ...

Page 127: ...rvice valve Liquid ø 6 35 Service valve Liquid ø 6 35 Service valve Liquid ø 6 35 2 Outdoor unit Models SCM802HENG L 1002HENG L Notes 1 A square wall is not permissible If the wall is taller than 2m or if there is extra wall space over the unit please allow more space than listed in the above table 2 When installing multiple units please ensure enough space for suction to avoid any short circuits ...

Page 128: ...D1 LED2 LED3 6 LED7 SVA D Parts name 4 way valve coil High pressure switch for protection Thermistor outdoor air temp Thermistor outdoor H X temp Thermistor discharge temp Operation lamp Green Warning lamp Red Serial signal lamp Green Discharge lamp Red 2 way valve Symbol Indoor Unit FMI CFI SM Tr ZNR DM FS Parts name Fan motor Capacitor for FMI Flap motor Transformer Varistor Drain motor Float sw...

Page 129: ... CNC CNB TR FMI Q CNM CNE CND CNG Display Wireless R Amp Back up switch Printed circuit board ThI A ThI R FMI SM COM CNU CF BL RD RD BK BK CNW GR PP Y WH RD 1 2 Y GN 3 Model SKM502HENG L ZNR Back up switch Wireless R Amp Display J S 5 4 3 2 1 BL RD WH BK Power line Outdoor unit 3 2 1 Y GN FMI SM CNE CNM CNU CNH CNF CNG ThI H Humidity ThI A ThI R Y WH BK RD R F 250V 3 15A Printed circuit bord Black...

Page 130: ... BK RD RD BL BR WH WH Re GR C GR NF3 OR RD S2 BL BR BL OR GR R1 S1 Y GN G SA NF2 BK Power source 1 Phase 50Hz WH WH N L WH BK BK WH BK WH BK 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 R2 D C CT B A FUSE 1 UNIT A UNIT B UNIT C UNIT D CNH LED1 LED2 LED3 SWA CNM CNN CNO CNP CNS CNI CNB CNC CND CNE CNF CNG CNA1 CNA2 FM02 FM01 20S SV DF Power transistor Printed circuit board SV D SV C SV B SV A Th0 A 63H EEV D EEV C EEV ...

Page 131: ...icators during HI POWER operation ECONOMY operation indicator Indicators during ECONOMY operation Operation switch over indicator Indicators the for the operation which has been set AIR FLOW indicator Indicator selected flap mode OPERATION MODE select button Each time the button is pushed the indicator is switched over in turn ON OFF button This button when pressed starts operation and stops when ...

Page 132: ...25 models TIMER RUN ON OFF ON OFF button RUN HI POWER ECONO TIMER ECONOMY lamp orange HI POWER lamp green RUN HOT KEEP lamp green TIMER lamp yellow Illuminates during operation Flashing at stop blowing due to the hot keep Illuminates during TIMER operation Illuminates during HI POWER operation Illuminates during ECONOMY operation RUN HOT KEEP lamp green Illuminates during operation Flashs at stop ...

Page 133: ...t and dry operation s In case of heating t operation Horizontal blowing Slant forward blowing 2 When not operating The flap returns to the position of air flow directly below when operation has stopped SKM50 model s In case of cooling t and dry operation s In case of heating t operation Stops at the level position for one minute Stops at this position for approximately 10 seconds Thick line Thin l...

Page 134: ...ifying in the auto mode 3 During the pleasant reservation operation both the operation lamp and timer lamp illuminate and the timer lamp goes off after expiration of the timer ON setting time If the difference Setting temperature Room temperature is 4ºC the correction value is found to be 5 minutes from the table shown above so that the starting time of next operation is determined as follows 15 m...

Page 135: ...capacity will be proportionally distributed 2 Outdoor unit frequency control 28 120Hz The decision frequency is based on the total indoor demand frequency as follows Note 1 The total indoor demand frequency is based on the value for each of the units shown in item b Model Indoor Operation Mode Automatic High Medium Low Hi power Econo 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 34 28 34 28 28 28 30 28 2...

Page 136: ...ting Thermostat OFF All indoor units Thermostat OFF Some of indoor units Fan stop abnormal stop Some of indoor units Failure Outdoor Unit Fixed Automatic d Hot Standby When any of the following conditions is met Hot Standby operation is activated i Operating conditions 1 The power supply is ON 2 Under the following conditions a When the temperature detected by the outdoor air temperature sensor is...

Page 137: ...Indoor heat exchanger temp C 2nd speed 3rd speed 4th speed 5th speed 6th speed 7th speed 1st speed Indoor blower Indoor heat exchanger temp C 2nd speed 3rd speed 4th speed 5th speed 6th speed 7th speed SKM50 model Normal mode Normal heating operation operation after HI POWER completion 1st speed Values of a b a b At 0 Hz command 22 25 Other than 0 Hz 17 19 command Note 1 Refer to the table shown a...

Page 138: ...n will start 1 During normal operation a When 30 minutes has passed since the start of heating or 30 minutes after the last defrosting Cumulative actual operating time of compressor at outdoor unit frequency of 16 Hz or more b When the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor temperature is 3 C or less for 3 continuous minutes after 27 minutes have passed c Outdoor thermistor temperature Outdoor gas pipi...

Page 139: ...e increase is 2 Hz every 15 seconds 3 Delay of compressor start If the compressor inverter is stopped by the operation of the cooling or heating thermostat the operation switch on the remote controller or an abnormality it cannot be restarted for 3 minutes However turning on the power disables the 3 minute timer b Heating overload protection control When the outdoor units are operating at a freque...

Page 140: ...VA B C D Operating units Solenoid valve SVA B C D Stopped units Solenoid valve SVA B C D Stopped Operating units Outdoor fan Electronic expansion valve EVA B C D Stopped units Electronic expansion valve EVA B C D Operating units Decision frequency Decision frequency ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF According to decision frequency According to decision frequency According to decisio...

Page 141: ...ng units Electronic expansion valve EVA B C D Stopped Operating units 1 Electronic expansion valve EVA B C D Stopped Operating units 2 Electronic expansion valve EVA B C D Stopped Operating units 3 Electronic expansion valve EVA B C D Stopped units Outdoor fan Solenoid valve SVDf Decision frequency ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF According to decision frequency According to decision freq...

Page 142: ...ding to 16 Hz ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF According to Hz 75 pulses According to Hz 75 pulses 0 Hz command 2 minutes Indoor unit command frequency Outdoor unit frequency Outdoor unit fan 4 way valve Solenoid valve SVDf Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating Stopped units Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating units Solenoid valve SVA B C D Stopped units Expansion valve EVA B C D Operating Stopped u...

Page 143: ...cy Outdoor unit fan 4 way valve Solenoid valve SVDf Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating Stopped units 1 Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating Stopped units 2 Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating units Solenoid valve SVA B C D Stopped units Expansion valve EVA B C D Operating Stopped units 1 Expansion valve EVA B C D Operating Stopped units 2 Expansion valve EVA B C D Operating units Expansion valve EVA ...

Page 144: ... command frequency Outdoor unit frequency Outdoor unit fan 4 way valve Solenoid valve SVDf Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating Stopped units 1 Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating Stopped units 2 Solenoid valve SVA B C D Operating Stopped units 3 Solenoid valve SVA B C D Stopped units Expansion valve EVA B C D Operating Stopped units 1 Expansion valve EVA B C D Operating Stopped units 3 Expansion val...

Page 145: ...ute 1 The fan speed of the outdoor unit is forced one speed higher 2 When the outdoor air temperature sensor reaches 4 C or more the operation of this control is ended j Inching protection control 1 The following controls are performed to prevent the refrigerant oil from becoming diluted by refrigerant melting into it when the compressor is being frequently started and stopped while under thermost...

Page 146: ...the outdoor unit will flash 6 times at a 0 5 second interval every 8 seconds The timer lamp on the indoor unit will flash 6 times The unit can be restarted if serial signal is restored and or the 3 minute delay has finished q High pressure abnormality The unit is stopped if the high pressure switch for preventing abnormally high pressures is activated At the same time LED 2 on the printed circuit ...

Page 147: ... minutes 2 minutes 55 seconds 2 minutes 55 seconds 3 minutes 2 minutes 2 minutes 55 seconds 2 minutes 2 minutes 2 minutes 2 minutes 55 seconds 2 minutes 55 seconds 2 minutes 55 seconds 2 minutes 2 minutes 55 seconds 3 minutes 2 minutes 55 seconds 2 minutes 55 seconds By operating mode Stopped 0 Hz command All stopped Stopped 0 Hz command All stopped Stopped 0 Hz command Restart Stopped 0 Hz comman...

Page 148: ...exclu sive use circuits are used Insufficient power source circuit capacity and defective installment execution can be the cause of electric shocks and fires Accurately connect wiring using the proper cable and insure that the external force of the cable is not conducted to the terminal connection part through properly securing it improper connection or securing can result in heat generation or fi...

Page 149: ...ard Outdoor side 5 ø65 Indoor side Wall thickness 1 5cm Sleeve Sleeve Inclined plate Sealing plate Putty Pipe Assembled state Drill a hole with a 65 whole core drill When the pipe is connected at the rear cut off the lower and the right side portions of the sleeve collar as shown by the broken line 450 Level surface matching mark Unit mm Installation Space Indoor Unit Models SKM222 252 type Models...

Page 150: ...ape only the portion that runs through the wall Always tape the crossover wires with the pipe Hold the bottom of the pipe and change its direction before stretching it and shaping it Left Side Piping Left rear piping Right rear piping Left side piping Right side piping Right Side Piping Right Rear Under Left rear Left The piping can be removed from the rear left left rear right and from under the ...

Page 151: ...rain hose like the following illustrations Pour water in the drain pan below the heat exchanger and confirm that the water is drained outside If the extension drain hose is indoors make sure it is insulated using a shielding pipe not supplied 5 Securing the Indoor Unit to the Installation Board Too high It curves like a wave under 5 cm Smell from sewerage drains The end of the drain hose is touchi...

Page 152: ...n unit a Attach the washers and nuts to the ceiling suspension bolts b Attach the suspension tool to the above nuts and tighten the nuts c If it is not leveled the float switch may malfunction or may not start Inserts Concrete Holed anchor Holed plug Suspension bolts M8 Clamps Beams Holes for ceiling suspension bolts Square bars for suspension the air conditioner M8 nut M8 spring lock washer M8 la...

Page 153: ...rding the installing location of the wireless receiver 4 5 2 Installation of remote controller 1 Mounting method of battery 2 Fixing to pillar or wall Uncover the remote control switch and mount the batter ies UM 4 2 pieces in the body regularly Fit the poles with the indication marks without fail a Conventionally operate the remote control switch by holding in your hand b In the case of stationar...

Page 154: ...h strong winds Notes 1 A square wall is not permissible If the wall is taller than 2m or if there is extra wall space over the unit please allow more space than listed in the above table 2 When installing multiple units please ensure enough space for air inlet to avoid any short circuits 1 Please install with the blowing outlet facing the wall 2 Please install so the direction of the air from the ...

Page 155: ...ure during maintenance depressurizing charging the refrigerant operating the protective function Remove the screws and pull the panel towards the direction of the arrow 2 Service valve cover Remove the control valve cover before removing the side service panel Remove the screws and pull the cover towards the direction of the panel 3 Service panel side Remove the control valve cover first then the ...

Page 156: ... of the refrigerant pipes for the outdoor units and the maximum permissible height difference for the outdoor units are as shown below If the total length for all the rooms exceeds the length of chargeless refrigerant pipe additionally charge with refrigerant according the item 6 The diameter of the refrigerant pipe Outdoor unit and the total connectable indoor units class kW Lower installation sp...

Page 157: ...may leak c Conduct air purging for all connected indoor units Remove the flare nut from both liquid and gas sides Remove the flare nut from both liquid and gas sides Fit the removed flare nut to the joint pipe and then flare it 2 Connection Indoor Outdoor Secure the nut with a specified tightening torque to avoid any gas leaks Secure the nut with a specified tightening torque to avoid any gas leak...

Page 158: ... open the handle Lo for the manifold valve and pump a vacuum for 15 minutes Ensure that the meter is indicating 0 1 MPa 76cmHg 4 After vacuuming fully open the operational valve both liquid and gas sides with a hexagon wrench 5 Ensure that there are no gas leaks from the joints in the indoor and outdoor units 6 Repeat the above steps 1 5 for all connected indoor units Open Open Vacuum pump Charge ...

Page 159: ...re wrong normal operation cannot be achieved and may damage the compressor Correct connections Example of wrong connections A unit A B C D B unit C unit D unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Piping Wiring A unit A B C D B unit C unit D unit Outdoor unit Installation test check points Check the following points again after completion of the installation and before turning on the power Conduct...

Page 160: ...12 b Parts list Air outlet duct RFD12 1 Flexible duct ø150 S97684 4 m S98223 3 m S97683 2 m S97682 1 m 5 Air outlet grille for suspended ceiling RKB12 2 Duct joint for air outlet plate RFJ22 6 Bottom air inlet grille set RTS12 3 Drain up kit RDU12E 7 Air outlet unit for ceiling 1 opening RTB12 4 Suspended ceiling Recessed in ceiling 1 2 4 4 5 5 6 7 3 3 Name Qty 1 1 1 1 8 Air outlet duct Connecting...

Page 161: ...it 4 Clamp the connecting wire for louver motor and the wire for wireless receiver provided with the indoor unit to the positions on the indoor unit shown at the right and secure with clamp Notes When receiver unit is mounted to wall s Exterior drawing s Mounting drawing 70 7 5 45 103 120 68 5 28 Plug plate Recessed box Mounting box Wireless receiver Cross section RUN TIMER Plug plate for three ou...

Page 162: ...unit using the mounting hardware provided with the indoor unit so that it is on the right side of the air outlet grille and secure it with the countersunk screws provided with the indoor unit 2 Secure the air outlet grille with the pan head screws 3 Please refer to the wiring summary for the wireless receiver provided on the previous page c Installation Name Qty 1 4 Air outlet grille Pan head scre...

Page 163: ...djustments in height The height dimension on the installation diagram allows for adjustment within range of 80 to 100 mm If the pan head screws are completely tightened the height will be 80 mm 4 Air outlet unit for ceiling a Part number RTB12 The air outlet unit uses a flexible duct ø 150 for blowing the air Keep the length of the flexible duct within 4 meters for each unit straight line parts If...

Page 164: ...let chamber At this time make sure there are no gaps between the air outlet chamber and the air outlet panel Note 1 If the outer covering of the flexible duct breaks it can be repaired with tape or other such material Escaping air could cause condensation 357 Suspension bolt pitch 377 Ceiling opening dimension 407 10 10 15 15 Ceiling 333 12 12 166 5 166 5 Round duct connection port 3 90 147 ø 150 ...

Page 165: ...ation procedure Use the tapping screws to mount the duct joint to the front of the indoor unit Use care to prevent gaps from forming at the joining surfaces with the indoor unit Use insulation at the connecting areas between the flexible duct and the duct joint to prevent condensation c Installation Name Qty 1 8 Duct joint Tapping screws Duct joint Tapping screws 8 locations Indoor unit Part numbe...

Page 166: ...ber RTS12 Flexible duct ø 150 friction loss characteristics 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 Air flow m3 min 4 5 6 Pressure loss mm Aq 3 2 1 0 Air flow m3 min Pressure loss mm Aq 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 1 0 0 9 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 Air flow m3 min Pressure loss mm Aq 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 S t r a i g h t l i n e 9 0 b e n d 45 bend Pressure loss for Straight line per 1 meter 90 bend per 1 bend 45 bend Air f...

Page 167: ...he float switch are also red and blace respectively Note that the control s connector for the float switch is already connected to the inside unit s connector for the float switch so disconnect them and connect it to the drain up kit s connector for the float switch and fix it with the wire clamp c Installation of drain up kit Name Drain pump Drain hose Hose clamp Tapping screw No 1 2 3 4 Qty 1 1 ...

Page 168: ...ave downward inclination gradient of 1 100 or more and take care not to make a trap or uphill pass 7 When connecting the drain pipe take care not to apply force on the pipe of the unit and clamp the pipe as close as possible to the unit 8 Don t attach air purge pipe because the drain might spout 9 Be sure to provide heat insulation to the indoor side drain pipe Drain hose Down gradient 1 100 or mo...

Page 169: ...occur again Temporarily turn off the power source and turn it on again in about 1 min and turn the unit on again YES NO YES YES Does the trouble occur again Disconnect connectors and connect them again Operate the unit again after confirming that the fuse and the varistor equipped on PCB does not burn out Carry out checks according to detailed check process See later page Unit did not cool etc Is ...

Page 170: ...of 50 C or under continued for more than 3 seconds while operation is stopped This is not displayed during opera tion When the input current of 1 A or less is detect ed for 30 continuous seconds or more Com pressor stops When converter output current which exceeds setting value is detected Compressor stops When the input current value exceeds the set value Compressor stops When the discharge pipe ...

Page 171: ...stor temperature characteristics Room temperature indoor unit heat exchanger temperature outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature outdoor tempera ture Discharge pipe thermistor temperature characteristics Temperature C Shortcircuit Broken wire Resistance kΩ Current cut Open phase on compressor output terminal compressor lock YES YES NO NO YES NO Check compressor wiring visually Check insulation res...

Page 172: ...ilation condition good Inspect compressor Defective inverter YES YES NO NO YES Power transistor overheat Poor cooling Secure space for inlet and outlet Inspect outdoor fan motor Is outdoor fan motor operating properly Is there any shortcircuit YES YES NO NO Defective inverter Compressor overheat Gas shortage defective discharge pipe sensor Is discharge pipe sensor resistance value good Is sufficie...

Page 173: ... circuit board is defective The power supply and signal wire are defective YES YES YES NO Flashing NO NO Please see page 174 for the inspection proce dure for the serial signal transmission abnor mality in the outdoor power supply Note Is the refrigerant charge correct Is there a short circuit Is the fan motor operating properly Release refrigerant Check the installation conditions Inspect the fan...

Page 174: ... not function Backed up with 20A fuse Operation mode Room temperature thermistor Continuous compressor operation command is not released Release of continuous compressor operation command Continuous compressor operation command is not released Anti frosting Hot keep Indoor fan stop Heat exchanger thermistor Operation mode Heat exchanger pipe thermistor Outdoor temperature thermistor Discharge pipe...

Page 175: ...ctrical components are normal Is there voltage between CNC 1 and 2 on the secondary side of the transformer Approx 12 V Is the voltage between terminal blocks 2 and 3 oscillating between DC 0 and 12V Inspect power source for outdoor unit Inspect noise filter Replace fuse Replace the transformer Replace printed circuit board Is the noise filter good Is the fuse burnt out 3 15 A YES YES YES YES YES ...

Page 176: ...e Replace The printed circuit board is defective e Replace The printed circuit board is defective e Replace The power transistor is defective e Replace Inspect compressor Condenser is defective e Replace The reactor is defective e Replace The diode stack is defective e Replace The printed circuit board is defective e Replace Is the diode stack good Is there conductivity in the reactor Is condenser...

Page 177: ...k again If the needle returns it is normal Inspection of electronic expansion valve To test if there is voltage Voltage is only applied to the electronic expansion valve when the valve angle is being changed Red to white Red to Orange Brown to yellow Brown to blue If the expansion valve does not operate as shown above it is defective Inspecting the solenoid valve SVA to D Each room is operating ON...

Page 178: ...arge hose A Firstly loose the connecting portion of the charge hose A at the gauge manihold side and open the valve 3 for a few seconds and then immediately retighten it after observing that gas is blow out from the loosened portion e Open the valve 1 and 3 after discharging air from the charge hose A then the gas refrigerant begins flowing from the cylinder into the unit Be sure to erect the refr...

Page 179: ... Inverter Frequency Hz 100 1 Unit 4 Unit 2 Units 3 Units Due to Current Save CT Control 2000 4000 6000 8000 1000 12000 8 12 16 20 24 28 0 14000 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 110 Inverter Frequency Hz 100 120 Capacity W Total Current A Low Pressure MPa kgf cm 2 High Pressure MPa kgf cm 2 2 2 22 2 0 20 1 8 18 1 6 16 1 4 14 0 6 6 0 4 4 0 2 2 4 6 3 Standard operating data SCM802HENG L 1002HENG L Heating Rating...

Page 180: ...178 SCM HG 4room MEMO ...

Page 181: ...M HG 2room SCM HG 2room 179 5 INVERTER MULTI SPLIT SYSTEM ROOM AIR CONDITIONER Air to air heat pump type OUTDOOR UNIT SCM452HENG L INDOOR UNIT SKM222HENG L SKM252HENG L SKM282HENG L SKM322HENG L SKM402HENG L ...

Page 182: ...Piping system 189 5 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 190 5 3 1 Electrical wiring 190 5 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 192 5 5 APPLICATION DATA 202 5 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 203 5 5 2 Installation of remote controller 205 5 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 206 5 5 4 Electrical wiring 207 5 5 5 Refrigerant piping 208 5 5 6 Test run and handling instruction 210 5 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 211 5 6 ...

Page 183: ...oor unit fans controlled to changes in frequency thus controlling the power Allowing quick heating cooling operation during start up period Constant room temperature by fine tuned control after the unit has stabilized 6 Fuzzy control Fuzzy control calculates the amount of variation in the difference between the suction air temperature and the setting temperature in compliance with the fuzzy rules ...

Page 184: ...t O D mm in φ 6 35 1 4 φ 9 52 3 8 φ 12 7 1 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Drain hose Connectable Accessories including Mounting kit Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined SCM452HENG L 5 2 SELECTION DATA 5 2 1 Specifications 1 Indoor unit Models SKM222HENG L 252HENG L 282HENG L 322HENG L ...

Page 185: ...ne φ 6 35 1 4 2 Gas line φ 9 52 3 8 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length piping Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Power source supply Terminal block Screw fixing type Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores Including earth cable Connecting method Terminal block Screw fixing type Accessories included Union φ 9 52 φ 12 7 1 Installation sheet Manual instruction Indoor units to be co...

Page 186: ... room 3 2 3 4 4 0 4 5 5 4 2 8 2 6 2 5 2 3 2 0 2 8 2 6 2 5 2 2 2 8 3 0 3 1 3 3 3 6 2 8 3 0 3 1 3 4 B room Min Standard Max Min Standard Standard Max 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 4 4 0 4 5 5 4 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 3 9 4 0 4 7 5 6 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 400 400 400 400 400 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 1030 1170 1350 1580 2030 198...

Page 187: ... 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 2 5 2 8 3 2 4 0 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 2 5 2 8 3 0 3 5 4 5 4 7 4 8 4 9 5 0 5 1 4 8 4 9 5 0 5 1 350 350 350 350 350 680 680 680 680 680 680 680 680 680 750 900 1040 1200 1580 1750 1820 1830 1840 1850 1820 1830 1840 1850 900 1040 1150 1360 1850 1950 2020 2030 2040 2050 2020 2030 2040 2050 3 44 3 16 4 13 3 79 4 78 4 38 5 51 5 05 7 25 6 65 8 03 7 37 8 36 7 66 8 40 7 7...

Page 188: ...e conditions however excludes the initial pull down stage A B C Length for one indoor unit Total length for all rooms Lower installation spot of the indoor unit A Upper installation spot of the indoor unit B Maximum height difference of the indoor units C Length of chargeless refrigerant pipe Height difference Under 25m Under 30m Under 15m Under 10m Under 10m 20m Models Item Number of connected un...

Page 189: ...iquid Ø6 35 420 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left 178 3 250 46 15 19 9 236 5 4 5 36 117 40 37 36 56 9 49 Unit mm Model SKM282HENG L A 790 15 67 51 60 62 18 16 780 VIEW A 15 760 170 450 170 Room temp thermistor Terminal block Piping for Gas Ø9 52 390 Piping for Liquid Ø6 35 440 Drain hose 600 Ø16 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275 187 5 61 ...

Page 190: ...g hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275 187 5 61 46 9 260 117 37 6 36 56 9 49 2 Outdoor unit Model SCM452HENG L Ground terminal Liquid line service valve B Unit Liquid line service valve A Unit 2 R6 42 5 14 13 5 84 7 96 5 42 5 14 4 595 340 312 5 290 48 1 46 6 88 2 2 16 12 Elongated hole 19 12 Drain hole 720 62 50 87 510 411 5 256 123 29 7 Terminal block Gas line service valve B Unit Ga...

Page 191: ...k joint Thermistor ThO D Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThO R Heat exchanger Heat exchanger Liquid line Gas line ø6 35 ø6 35 ø9 52 ø9 52 Strainer Suction Accumulator Compressor Discharge Muffler 4 way valve Service valve Liquid Capillary tube Electric expansion valve EEVA EEVB Cooling cycle Heating cycle Service valve Gas ...

Page 192: ...t board ThI A ThI R FMI SM COM CNU CF BL RD RD BK BK CNW GR PP Y WH RD 1 2 Y GN 3 CM FM0 L DS EEVA B 20S Parts name Compressor motor Fan motor Reactor Diode stack Electric expansion valve 4 way valve coil Symbol Tho A Tho R Tho D LED2 LED1 3 Parts name Thermistor outdoor air temp Thermistor outdoor H X temp Thermistor comp dome temp Warning lamp Red Serial signal lamp Green Symbol Indoor Unit FMI ...

Page 193: ... CNB CNB LED1 LED3 LED2 Red GY DS IC2 P RD U WH BK Tho A Tho R CND CNC CNA CNF CNE CNA Tho D V W N BL OR WH L WH BK UNIT A UNIT B Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Printed circuit board Fuse 250V 25A Printed circuit board Power transistor CM 20S EEVA FMo EEVB Green Black Blue Gray Red White Orange Yellow Green BK BL GY RD WH OR Y GN Color symbol ...

Page 194: ...which has been set AIR FLOW indicator Indicator selected flap mode OPERATION MODE select button Each time the button is pushed the indicator is switched over in turn ON OFF button This button when pressed starts operation and stops when repressed AIR FLOW button This button changes the flap mode TIMER button The button selects ON TIMER operation OFF TIMER operation or normal operation Reset switch...

Page 195: ...ireless remote control a Natural flow AUTO The flap will be automatically set to the angle of air flow best to operation 1 Starting time of operation ON OFF The flap operation as shown above will be repeated Models SKM222 252 type Models SKM282 322 402 type ON OFF button c Swing flap Flap moves in upward and downward directions continuously Horizontal blowing 2 When not operating The flap returns ...

Page 196: ... calculating the temperature difference Example Heating Setting temperature Room temperature Operation starting time Time Setting time 15 min 10 min 5 min earlier earlier earlier If the difference Setting temperature Room temperature is 4ºC the correction value is found to be 5 minutes from the table shown above so that the starting time of next operation is determined as follows 15 min earlier 5 ...

Page 197: ...t OFF All indoor units Thermostat OFF Some of indoor units Fan stop abnormal stop Some of indoor units Failure Outdoor Unit Fixed Automatic b Mode switching Within the selected mode the unit operates using the values shown below which were obtained by multiplying a conversion coefficient to the indoor unit instruction speed c Operation of Major Functional Components in Heating Mode Model Indoor Op...

Page 198: ...ating or 40 minutes after the last defrosting based on cumulative operation time of compressor b When the outdoor heat exchanger thermistor Tho R temperature is 2 C or less for 3 continuous minutes after 37 minutes have passed c Outdoor temperature thermistor Tho A outdoor heat exchanger thermistor Tho R temperature 0 44 outdoor temperature thermistor Tho A temperature A C or more A Outdoor temper...

Page 199: ... operating pattern Note 1 indicates current operation 1 2 Example First operation Second operation Notes Different mode is only fan operation Selected Mode Cooling Heating RemoteControlDisplay Cooling Heating Operation Cooling Heating Selected Mode Heating Cooling RemoteControlDisplay Heating Cooling Operation Fan 1 Fan Note 1 If the display shows heating and the opera tion is fan Hot Keep will op...

Page 200: ... all units starting from an outdoor unit speed of 0 rps d Current safe and compressor overheat protection are enabled even when this function is in operation b Heating overload protection control During heating operation if the outdoor unit is operating at a speed at 28 rps or more and the outdoor temperature is 12 C or more for 30 continuous seconds current safe control is performed Operation is ...

Page 201: ...ed Decision rps 58 pulse or EEV control According to outdoor rps OFF ON OFF According to outdoor rps According to outdoor rps Corresponding expansion valve for unit with serial signal that has heating 0 rps Corresponding expansion valve for unit with serial signal that has other than heating 0 rps 2 When decision speed becomes 0 rps during high pressure cut protection control 2 min 200 pulse 200 p...

Page 202: ...rps it will not start on the fourth time j Compressor overheat protection The detection temperature of the compressor dome thermistor Tho D is used to prevent oil deterioration and damage to the motor wire due to overheating of the compressor 1 If Tho D becomes 125 C the inverter is stopped After the stop mode has been activated the inverter will be restarted when Tho D becomes 95 C However if it ...

Page 203: ...er being turned on o Stop mode Decision speed is 0 rps when the protection function for the outdoor controller is operating when restarting due to operation change 10 Regulation of outdoor air flow a The fan operates as follows according to the speed of the outdoor unit Except during defrost b If the outdoor unit fan motor speed is 300 rpm or less for 30 seconds or more continuously the compressor...

Page 204: ...exclu sive use circuits are used Insufficient power source circuit capacity and defective installment execution can be the cause of electric shocks and fires Accurately connect wiring using the proper cable and insure that the external force of the cable is not conducted to the terminal connection part through properly securing it improper connection or securing can result in heat generation or fi...

Page 205: ...ted at the rear cut off the lower and the right side portions of the sleeve collar as shown by the broken line Reference hole 450 Level surface matching mark Horizontal level adjustment of the board is conducted with four temporarily tightened screws Adjust so that the board will be horizontal with the reference hole in the center 2 Drilling of holes and fixture of sleeve Option ports The connecti...

Page 206: ... the bottom of the pipe and change its direction before stretching it and shaping it Wall Gutter Pipes storage area When conducting the central rear piping use a nipper to cut out knock out holes in the installation board Do not place the power supply cords above the gutter because the air conditioner is structured in a way where condensation on the back side is collected in to the drain pan befor...

Page 207: ...n pan below the heat exchanger and confirm that the water is drained outside If the extension drain hose is indoors make sure it is insulated using a shielding pipe not supplied 5 Securing the Indoor Unit to the Installation Board 5 5 2 Installation of remote controller 1 Mounting method of battery Uncover the remote control switch and mount the batteries UM 4 2 pieces in the body regularly Fit th...

Page 208: ...all the unit and it must be installed in a location where there are obstructions such as a wall to the suction inlet and the blowing outlet please ob serve the following points In such cases please also be aware that the performance of the cooling heating system may de cline by approximately 10 Air inlet Service space Air inlet Air Outlet Note 1 If the wall is higher than 1 2 m or a ceiling is pre...

Page 209: ...ard of the indoor and outdoor connections are correct e After connecting the crossover wires to the terminal board use wiring clamps to secure the wiring Use cables for interconnection wiring to avoid loosening of the wires CENELEC code for cables Required field cables H05 RNR3G4 0 Example H Harmonized cable type 05 300 500 volts R Natural and or synth rubber wire insulation N Polychloroprene rubb...

Page 210: ... fit the copper packing between the service valve and the variable diameter joint to prevent shifting Cover the pipes with tape so that dust and sand do not enter the pipe until they are connected Connection of pipes When connecting the pipes to the outdoor unit be careful about the discharge of fluorocarbon gas or oil Make sure to match the pipes between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit with ...

Page 211: ...uired b For this multi type room air conditioner it is not necessary to charge the refrigerant for the total maximum length in all the rooms 1 Charge amount at the time of shipment c Ensure that there are no gas leaks from the pipe joints by using a leak detector or soap water 1 Secure all flare nuts on both indoor and outdoor sides to prevent leaks from the pipes 2 Connect the service valves char...

Page 212: ...t be achieved and may damage the compressor Correct connections Example of wrong connections A unit A B B unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Piping Wiring A unit A B B unit Outdoor unit Installation test check points Check the following points again after completion of the installation and before turning on the power Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly At the...

Page 213: ...e occur again Temporarily turn off the power source and turn it on again in about 1 min and turn the unit on again YES NO YES YES Does the trouble occur again Disconnect connectors and connect them again Operate the unit again after confirming that the fuse and the varistor equipped on PCB does not burn out Carry out checks according to detailed check process See later page Unit did not cool etc I...

Page 214: ...peration When heat exchanger entrance thermistor temper ature of 50 C or under continued for more than 3 seconds while operation is stopped This is not displayed during operation When an error with the outdoor unit causes an error stop or when the input current is measured at 1 A or less for 3 continuous minutes or more Compressor is stopped When converter output current which exceeds setting valu...

Page 215: ...mistor temperature characteristics Room temperature indoor unit heat ex changer temperature outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature outdoor tempera ture Comp dome thermistor temperature characteristics Temperature C Shortcircuit Broken wire Resistance kΩ Current cut Open phase on compressor output terminal compressor lock YES YES NO NO YES NO Check compressor wiring visually Check insulation resis...

Page 216: ...ion good Inspect compressor Defective inverter YES YES NO NO YES Compressor overheat Gas shortage defective comp dome thermistor Is comp dome thermistor resistance value good Is sufficient quantity of refrigerant circulated Defective inverter YES YES NO NO YES NO Gas shortage Connector connection check resistance value check replacement of comp dome thermistor Does trouble persist after charging g...

Page 217: ... AC 220 240 V measured between ter minals 1 and 2 on the outdoor unit Is the electrical system operating properly fuse reactor etc Does the voltage between terminals 2 and 3 on the outdoor unit oscillate bet ween approximately DC 0 and 12 volts Does the voltage between terminals 2 and 3 on the indoor unit oscillate bet ween approximately DC 0 and 12 volts Correct indoor and out door unit connectio...

Page 218: ... temperature thermistor Continuous compressor operation command is not released Release of continuous compressor operation command Continuous compressor operation command is not released Anti frosting Hot keep Indoor fan stop Heat exchanger thermistor Operation mode Heat exchanger pipe thermistor Outdoor temperature thermistor Comp dome thermistor Compressor overload protection is disabled Can be ...

Page 219: ...omponents are normal Is there voltage between CNC 1 and 2 on the secondary side of the transformer Approx 12 V Is the voltage between terminal blocks 2 and 3 oscillating between DC 0 and 12V Inspect power source for outdoor unit Replace fuse Replace the transformer Replace printed circuit board Is the fuse burnt out 3 15 A YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO ...

Page 220: ...AUTION HIGH VOLTAGE High voltage is produced in the control box Don t touch electrical parts in the control box for 5 minutes after the unit is stopped 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 Y GN Y GN WH BK BL WH BK RD Serial A Serial B G CNB CNB LED1 LED3 LED2 Red GY DS IC2 P RD U WH BK Tho A Tho R CND CNC CNA CNF CNE CNA Tho D V W N BL OR WH WH BK UNIT A UNIT B Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Printed circuit board ...

Page 221: ...rge hose A Firstly loose the connecting portion of the charge hose A at the gauge manihold side and open the valve 3 for a few seconds and then immediately retighten it after observing that gas is blow out from the loosened portion e Open the valve 1 and 3 after discharging air from the charge hose A then the gas refrigerant begins flowing from the cylinder into the unit Be sure to erect the refri...

Page 222: ...220 SCM HG 2room MEMO ...

Page 223: ...221 SCM CG 2room SCM CG 2room 221 6 INVERTER MULTI SPLIT SYSTEM ROOM AIR CONDITIONER Air cooled cooling only type OUTDOOR UNIT SCM452CENG L INDOOR UNIT SKM222CENG L SKM252CENG L SKM402CENG L ...

Page 224: ...del name 223 6 2 SELECTION DATA 224 6 2 1 Specifications 224 6 2 2 Range of usage limitations 227 6 2 3 Exterior dimensions 228 6 2 4 Piping system 229 6 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 230 6 3 1 Electrical wiring 230 6 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 231 6 5 APPLICATION DATA 231 6 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 231 ...

Page 225: ...unit fans controlled to changes in frequency thus controlling the power Allowing quick cooling operation during start up period Constant room temperature by fine tuned control after the unit has stabilized 6 Fuzzy control Fuzzy control calculates the amount of variation in the difference between the suction air temperature and the setting temperature in compliance with the fuzzy rules in order to ...

Page 226: ...ting method Flare connecting Attached length of piping Liquid line 0 4m Gas line 0 35m Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Drain hose Connectable Accessories including Mounting kit Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined SCM452CENG L 6 2 SELECTION DATA 6 2 1 Specifications 1 Indoor unit Models SKM222CENG L 252CENG L 402CENG L Item Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature Standards...

Page 227: ...ne φ 9 52 3 8 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length piping Insulation Necessary Both Liquid Gas lines Power source supply Terminal block Screw fixing type Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores Including earth cable Connecting method Terminal block Screw fixing type Accessories included Union φ 9 52 φ 12 7 1 Installation sheet Manual instruction Indoor units to be combined Model SCM452CEN...

Page 228: ...on Model SCM452CENG L Indoor unit combination Cooling capacity kW Power consumption W Running current A Room cooling capacity kW Total capacity kW A room 2 2 2 5 4 0 2 2 2 1 1 7 2 25 1 8 2 2 2 4 3 1 2 25 3 0 B room Min Standard Max Min Standard Standard Max 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 2 5 4 0 4 4 4 5 4 8 4 5 4 8 2 5 2 8 4 5 4 7 4 8 5 1 4 8 5 1 350 350 350 680 680 680 680 680 750 900 1580 1...

Page 229: ...its are as shown below Indoor air temp C W B Outdoor air temp C D B Note The chart is result from the continuous operation under constant air temperature conditions however excludes the initial pull down stage A B C Length for one indoor unit Total length for all rooms Lower installation spot of the indoor unit A Upper installation spot of the indoor unit B Maximum height difference of the indoor ...

Page 230: ...iquid Ø6 35 420 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left 178 3 250 46 15 19 9 236 5 4 5 36 117 40 37 36 56 9 49 Unit mm Model SKM402CENG L A 790 15 67 51 60 62 18 16 780 VIEW A 15 760 170 450 170 Room temp thermistor Terminal block Piping for Gas Ø12 7 390 Piping for Liquid Ø6 35 440 Drain hose 600 Ø16 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole Ø65 Piping hole right left Unit mm 174 3 275 187 5 61 ...

Page 231: ...2 ø9 52 Strainer Suction Accumulator Compressor Muffler Service valve Liquid Capillary tube Electric expansion valve EEVA EEVB Cooling cycle Service valve Gas Discharge Ground terminal Liquid line service valve B Unit Liquid line service valve A Unit 2 R6 42 5 14 13 5 84 7 96 5 42 5 14 4 595 340 312 5 290 48 1 46 6 88 2 2 16 12 Elongated hole 19 12 Drain hole 720 62 50 87 510 411 5 256 123 29 7 Te...

Page 232: ...it board ThI A ThI R FMI SM COM CNU CF BL RD RD BK BK CNW GR PP Y WH RD 1 2 Y GN 3 CM FM0 L DS EEVA B Parts name Compressor motor Fan motor Reactor Diode stack Electric expansion valve Symbol Tho A Tho R Tho D LED2 LED1 3 Parts name Thermistor outdoor air temp Thermistor outdoor H X temp Thermistor comp dome temp Warning lamp Red Serial signal lamp Green Symbol Indoor Unit FMI CFI SM TR ZNR Parts ...

Page 233: ...board Fuse 250V 25A Printed circuit board Power transistor CM EEVA FMo EEVB Green Black Blue Gray Red White Orange Yellow Green BK BL GY RD WH OR Y GN Color symbol 6 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER Except for function relating to heating same at the for SKM heat pump models See Page 192 6 5 APPLICATION DATA The application data for the cooling only models are similar to those for t...

Page 234: ...232 SCM CG 2room MEMO ...

Page 235: ...SCM C 233 7 WALL MOUNTED TYPE ROOM AIR CONDITIONER SPLIT SYSTEM MULTIPLE TYPE Split system Air cooled cooling only type SCM328CENF L1 SKM258CENF L SCM338CENF L1 SKM258CENF L SKM328CENF L SCM C 233 ...

Page 236: ... wiring 242 7 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 244 7 4 1 Table for operation control 244 7 4 2 Details of operation control 244 7 5 APPLICATION DATA 250 7 5 1 Selection of location for installation 251 7 5 2 Installation of indoor unit 252 7 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 254 7 5 4 Refrigerant piping 257 7 5 5 Test run 258 7 5 6 Precautions for wireless remote controller installat...

Page 237: ...ng flap This will swing the flap up and down Memory flap Once the flap position is set the unit memorizes the position and continues to operate at the same position from the next time 3 Self diagnosis Function We are constantly trying to do better service to our customers by installing such judges that show abnormality of operation as follows 7 1 2 How to read the model name Example SK M 25 8 C EN...

Page 238: ...d Flare connecting Attached length piping Liquid line 0 4 m Gas line 0 35 m Insulation Necessary Both sides Drain hose Connectable Size Core number 1 5 mm2 4 cores with Earth Connecting method Terminal block screw fixing type Accessories included Mounting kit Optional parts Notes 1 The data are measured at the following conditions Item Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature Standards Opera...

Page 239: ...r Safety equipment Dome mounted protector for compressor Internal thermostat for fan motor O D mm in Liquid line φ6 35 1 4 2 Gas line φ9 52 3 8 2 Connecting method Flare connecting Attached length piping Insulation Necessary Both sides Power source supply Terminal block Size Core number 2 pcs 1 5 mm2 4 cores with Earth Connecting method Terminal block screw fixing type Notes 1 The data are measure...

Page 240: ...6 2 6 2 6 2 6 750 790 3 5 3 4 3 47 3 29 25 25 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 2 8 2 8 770 800 3 6 3 4 3 64 3 50 25 32 1 4 1 5 1 4 1 5 2 9 2 9 780 810 3 6 3 5 3 72 3 58 Cooling input W Running current A Cooling input W Running current A A unit B unit C unit Outdoor unit SCM338CENF L1 Indoor unit 25 25 or 32 25 or 32 A unit B unit C unit 2 unit operation 2 unit operation 1 unit operation 1 unit operation 1 unit ope...

Page 241: ... initial pull down stage SCM338CENF L1 height 5 m max height 5 m max Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit r 2 r 1 r 3 r 4 Auto selector kit r 1 3m max r 1 r 2 r 3 r 4 25m max r1 r 2 Max 15 r1 r2 r1 r2 r1 r2 Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Vertical height difference Max 5 Max 5 Vertical height difference Max ...

Page 242: ...0 ø16 Piping hole ø65 Piping hole ø65 67 36 187 5 61 170 450 170 780 62 18 37 VIEW A Note 1 Model 25 have no inlet opening indicated by mark 2 Outdoor unit Models SCM328CENF L1 338CENF L1 55 50 Drain holes 265 142 5 510 142 5 32 85 78 Connecting terminal 795 Oval hole for Anchor bolt M10 x 4 255 542 58 44 15 90 65 23 22 14 272 14 300 Service valve A Liquid ø6 35 1 4 Service valve B Liquid ø6 35 1 ...

Page 243: ...dels SKM258CENF L 328CENF L Operation Cooling Relay symbol Control part 52C CM Note 1 denotes magnetized relay denotes demagnetized relay 7 2 4 Piping system Model SCM328CENF L1 Indoor B unit Indoor A unit Outdoor unit Flare connecting Flare connecting Flare connecting Cooling cycle Service valve Gas ø9 52 Gas Service valve Liquid Solenoid valve Capillary tube Suction Discharge Check joint Thermis...

Page 244: ...ireless R amp Display LM Printed circuit board 1 1 52RA 52RB 52X1 52RB 52RA Power Source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Cc CM 1 3 3 3 CFo FMo 20RB 52X1 TM 2 2 52RA 52RB 52X1 52C TM Indoor unit A BK Black BL Blue BR Brown OR Orenge Y GN Yellow Green RD Red WH White PP Purple Color symbol 20RA 2 Outdoor unit L N ...

Page 245: ...B MKCE338 1 2 3 52XB 52XC1 52XB 20RC 52XC1 52XC1 52XB 52XC1 52XC2 20RB 1 2 3 Outdoor unit 1 1 2 3 1 52C 52RA 52RB 52X1 Power Source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz CM Cc 52RB 52RA FMo CFo 20RA 20RB 52X1 TM 52C 52X1 52RA 52RB 3 3 2 2 51C BK Black BL Blue BR Brown OR Orenge Y GN Yellow Green RD Red WH White PP Purple Color symbol TM Indoor unit C L N ...

Page 246: ...m temperature is automatically controlled after a while ensuring that the room is not too cold during cooling During COOL and DRY the pre set temperature is raised by 0 5 C at the start of OFF TIMER operation when the timer is set After that the temperature goes up by 0 5 C every 30 minutes to become 1 5 C higher within one hour Room unit air volume can be automatically controlled step by step acc...

Page 247: ...fective 3 AUTOMATIC operation a When starting operation after more than 1 hour since operation stops Operation stop button ON or ON Timer this system operates indoor fan with Lo for 20 seconds checks room temperature and allowing decision of operating mode automatically Note 1 Operating Mode is not altered due to change of room temperature When intended to change operating mode switch operation ch...

Page 248: ...d this button changes the mode in the following order or AUTO SWING no indication SWING STOPPED TIMER button This button changes the selection of ON timer OFF timer operation and normal operation RESET switch Switch for resetting microcomputer The above illustration shows all controls but in practice only the relevant parts are shown S Indication section TEMPERATURE Indicator Indicates set tempera...

Page 249: ... control i Fan speed change Mode COOL FAN Fan speed knob AUTO See below LOW Speed 1 Speed 1 Speed 1 Speed 1 MED Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 2 HIGH Speed 3 Speed 4 Speed 3 Speed 3 Mode Cooling Fan 18 30 C Thermostat setting point Thermostat setting point Continuous Speed 4 Speed 3 Speed 1 Speed 3 Speed 4 Speed 2 Speed 2 Speed 3 Speed 1 Set ting temp ii Fan speed knob AUTO The indoor fan is automa...

Page 250: ...ature check Compressor and outdoor fan Indoor fan Operation block decision C D Block A B Block minutes minutes speed 1 speed 1 seconds c DRY operation After finishing start up operation described in b above thermal dry operation is performed at 8 minutes intervals according to the difference between room temperature and thermostat setting temperature as shown below Besides 1 cycle of this operatin...

Page 251: ...anged over to Lo speed CM FMO stoppage condition 1 Temperature of heat exchanger is 0 C or lower 2 As least 10 minutes has passed since the compressor started Indoor heat exchanger temperature C CM FMO stoppage condition 1 Temperature of heat exchanger is 7 C or lower 2 As least 3 minutes has passed since the compressor started Set air flow 8 Self diagnosis Function We are constantly to do better ...

Page 252: ...clu sive use circuits are used Insufficient power source circuit capacity and defective installment execution can be the cause of electric shocks and fires Accurately connect wiring using the proper cable and insure that the external force of the cable is not conducted to the terminal connection part through properly securing it improper connection or securing can result in heat generation or fire...

Page 253: ...not exposed to the direct rays of the sun or the strong rays of the street lighting 4 cm Left side 5 cm Right side 10 cm 1 5 cm 2 Outdoor unit a A place where good air circulation can be obtained b A place where the exhausted air will not be sucked in for the second time c A place where the unit will not be affected by other heat sources When there are several units installed or another heat sourc...

Page 254: ...ll structures Intermediate support or pillar and fairly install the unit after level surface has been checked Adjustment of the installation board in the horizontal direction is to be conducted with lour screws in a temporary tightened state Adjust so that board will be level by turning the board with the standard hole as the center Fixing on concrete wall Use of nut anchor Use of bolt anchor Tapp...

Page 255: ...ed cable type 05 300 500 volts R Natural and or synth rubber wire insulation N Polychloroprene rubber conductors insullation R Stranded core 3or5 Number of conductors G One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor yellow green 1 5 Section of copper wire mm2 1 Affix the connection wire securely to the terminal block If the wire is not affixed completely contact will be poor and it is dangerous...

Page 256: ...te If it is inserted insufficiently water leakage could result Loosen the spring clamp to remove Remove by hand or use cutting pliers etc Securely insert the drain cap removed in the step 2 Note If it is inserted insufficiently water leakage could result 7 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 1 Make sure that the unit is stable in installation Fix the unit to stable base 2 In wiring make sure that the...

Page 257: ... A location where the kit can be supported and vibration will be minimized Piping length limitations 2 Installation of auto selector kit CAUTION Do not install the auto selector kit upside down Wrong installation direction might couse electric shock height 5 m max height 5 m max Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Auto selector kit Make a φ6 25 mm deep hole with a drill Drive in the s...

Page 258: ... other foreign matters from entering inside the pipes Connection a Assign the symbols of A B and C to the indoor units and paste the attached labels A B and C on the respective indoor units However assign the symbol A to the indoor unit which is connected with the outdoor unit and connect SKM25 Also assign symbols B and C to the indoor units connected with the auto selector kit b Flare coupling sy...

Page 259: ...operating valve charge hose manifold valve and vacuum pump as is illustrated below c Open manifold valve handle Lo to its full width and perform vaccum or evacuation Continue the vacuum or evacuation operation for 15 minutes or more and check to see that the vacuum gauge reads 0 1 MPa 76 cm Hg d After completing vacuum operation fully open service valve Both gas and liquid sides with hexagon heade...

Page 260: ...ing ON OFF switch b When thermostat actuates c When operation is changed from cooling or dry to fan 6 Explain well the correct usage of the air conditioner carefully to the customer following the instruction manual 7 Standard operation data Example Cover the coupling with insulator and then cover it with tape Viny tape Place the slit upward Cover the exterior portion with covering tape and shape t...

Page 261: ...otes 1 The remote controller is correctly facing the sensing element of the air conditioner when being manipulated 2 The typical coverage is indicated in the left illustration It may be more or less depending on the installation 3 The coverage may be less or even nil If the sensing element is exposed to strong light such as direct sunlight illumination etc or dust is deposited on it or it is used ...

Page 262: ... the power source and turn it on again in about 1 min and turn the unit on again Does the trouble occur again Disconnect connectors and connect them again Operate the unit again after confirming that the fuse and the varistor equipped on PCB does not burn out Does the trouble occur again Carry out checks according to detailed check process See later page NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO Unit did not co...

Page 263: ...t TIMER lamp is lights continuously RUN lamp is flashing 1 Time 8 sec RUN lamp is flashing 2 Time 8 sec RUN lamp is flashing 6 Time 8 sec Connect of Defect Abnormality of heat exchanger thermistor Abnormality of room temperature thermistor Abnormality of indoor fan motor Place of defect Disconnection of heat exchanger thermistor Disconnection of room temperature thermistor Fan motor is defective P...

Page 264: ...h Operating the unit NO Does operating backup switch Operating the unit NO Replace the display Operating the unit NO Remote controller defects NO YES YES YES Remote controller defects Abnormal is not fount Is control unit normal Is it normal Unit Sensor Operation Function Short circuit Broken connection Cooling Cooling Indoor Unit Room temperature thermistor 1 Th1 except for continuous thermal set...

Page 265: ...ep the gauge manifold and connect a refrigerant cylinder to the unit c Record the weight of the refrigerant cylinder on the balance This is necessary for making sure of the charge refrigerant amount d Purge air from the charge hose A Firstly loose the connecting portion of the charge hose A at the gauge manihold side and open the valve 3 for a few seconds and then immediately retighten it after ob...

Page 266: ...SCM C 264 MEMO ...

Page 267: ...air heat pump type Refrigerant R22 use models 265 FDT N H FDT208HEN SA 258HEN SA 308HEN SA 308HES SA 408HES SA 508HES SA FDT308HEN A 308HES A 408HES A 508HES A FDTN208HEN S1 258HEN S1 Alternative refrigerant R407C use models FDTNP208HEN S 258HEN S 308HEN S 308HES S 408HES S 508HES S ...

Page 268: ... Piping system 297 8 2 6 Selection chart 300 8 2 7 Noise level 303 8 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 305 8 3 1 Electrical wiring 305 8 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 317 8 5 APPLICATION DATA 332 8 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 333 8 5 2 Installation of wired remote controller 336 8 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 338 8 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 348 8 6 1 Servicing 348 8 6 2 Trouble shooting for ref...

Page 269: ...g work between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 All air supply ports have auto swing louvers The indoor fan motor has two speeds of high and low 5 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 6 Low sound level Operating noise has been remarkably reduced due to adoption of the...

Page 270: ...lter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermo...

Page 271: ...changer Louver fins inner grooved tubing Slitted fins bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R22 Quantity kg Holding charged 1 1 Pre charged up to the piping length of 5m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 BARREL FREEZE 32SAM Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Turbo fan 1 Propeller fan 1 Motor W 25 1 55 1 Sta...

Page 272: ...intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermosta...

Page 273: ...method Line starting Heat exchanger Louver fins inner grooved tubing Slitted fins bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R22 Quantity kg Holding charged 1 1 Pre charged up to the piping length of 5m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 BARREL FREEZE 32SAM Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Turbo fan 1 Propeller...

Page 274: ...arting Air flow Standard CMM Hi 17 Lo 12 58 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipmen...

Page 275: ...12 58 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor In...

Page 276: ... 19 70 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor I...

Page 277: ...o 20 110 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor...

Page 278: ...ir filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Fr...

Page 279: ... 17 Lo 12 54 56 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fa...

Page 280: ...w Standard CMM Hi 26 Lo 19 100 110 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Interna...

Page 281: ...r flow Standard CMM Hi 28 Lo 20 100 110 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment In...

Page 282: ... washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation data mm Liquid line φ6 35 1 4 Gas line φ15 8...

Page 283: ...starting Heat exchanger Louver fins inner grooved tubing Slitted fins bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R407C Quantity kg Holding charged 1 2 Pre charged up to the piping length of 5m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 MA32 Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Turbo fan 1 Propeller fan 1 Motor W 25 1 55 1 ...

Page 284: ...M Hi 17 Lo 12 58 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost p...

Page 285: ...Hi 17 Lo 12 58 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost pro...

Page 286: ... Hi 26 Lo 19 70 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost pr...

Page 287: ...MM Hi 28 Lo 20 110 Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost...

Page 288: ...ature 28 C or less relative humidity 80 or less Refer to the selection chart Max 30m Max 50m Max 10 times h Max 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 20m Outdoor unit is higher Max 30m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Models FDT308 508 FDC306 506 type Indoor return air temperature Upper lower limits Indoor unit atmosphere behind ceiling temperat...

Page 289: ...DTN type Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Space for installation and service Holes for tapping screws Holes for tapping screws Hole for wiring Control box Lug for Suspension bolts Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Max Drain up Obstacle Suspension bolts M10 or M8 295 325 700 or more 570 359 430 264 304 300 515 800 700 161 99 49 or more 26 215 141 295 336 1000 or more 35 110 90 90 50 70 140 80 87 ...

Page 290: ... ducting Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Gas piping φ15 88 M10 or M8 4pcs B C Air inlet grille Air outlet 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 210 137 187 260 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 33 80 113 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 112 100 60 140 42 140 Holes for tapping sc...

Page 291: ...or ducting Exhaust air opening for ducting Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Gas piping φ19 05 3 4 M10 or M8 4pcs B C Air inlet grille Air outlet 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 270 137 187 320 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 93 80 113 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 112 ...

Page 292: ...le rang of wire thickness and length Usable JIS box JIS C 8336 Switch box for 1 piece without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left when installing the cover Note 1 Allowable length of remote controller cable 600 m 0 3mm2 3cores O D φ5 6 LCD display ...

Page 293: ...ction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm VIEW A L3 L1 Air inlet Air outlet Air inlet Maintenance space L2 L4 Liquid piping φ 6 35 1 4 Flare connecting Gas piping φ 15 88 5 8 Flare connecting Liquid piping φ 6 35 1 4 Flare connecting Gas piping φ 15 88 5 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Terminal block Holes...

Page 294: ...m and over at the top of unit 5 Make the height of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Flare connecting 40 53 95 40 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Terminal block Opening for electric wiring Opening for electric wiring Holes for anchor bolt M10 4 pcs Ho...

Page 295: ...truction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit VIEW A L2 L3 L4 L1 Air inlet Air inlet Air outlet Maintenance space 50 110 195 555 578 920 10 46 50 48 100 165 580 175 35 15 380 15 15 103 50 50 50 50 110 195 50 70 50 15 50 27 50 15 47 295 237 15 340 35 55 55 150 40 Gas piping ø 19 05 3 4 Flare connecting Liquid piping ø 9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Ho...

Page 296: ...irected to the air outlet 3 Free space over the unit must be larger than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Models FDC306HEN3 306HES3 Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm Anchor bolts M10 4 pcs 580 380 ...

Page 297: ...ger than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Models FDC406HES3 506HES3 Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 0 Open L3 150 300 150 Installation type Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm 580 380 ...

Page 298: ...HES3 Type Item Panel model Remarks TN PSC 22W E TN PSC 32W E FDT208 A T PSA 22W E With Auto swing FDT258 508 A T PSA 32W E For wireless remote controller For wired remote controller Models FDC408HES3 508HES3 FDCP408HES3 508HES3 Polar white 8 2 4 Exterior appearance 1 Indoor unit Models All models Models FDC306HEN3 306HES3 Models FDC406HES3 506HES3 FDTN208H FDTNP208H FDTN258H 508H FDTNP258H 508H ...

Page 299: ...y case of FDTNP type Check joint Muffler Solenoid valve Accumulators Compressor Indoor unit ø15 88 208 ø6 35 258 ø9 52 Service valve Flare connecting Service valve Flare connecting Gas line Strainer Thermistor ThO D Strainer Capillary tube Check valve Solenoid valve Capillary tube Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThO R Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThI A Thermistor ThI R Heat exchanger Heat exchanger Su...

Page 300: ...ling cycle Heating cycle 4way valve Compressor Accumulators Check valve Check joint Check joint High pressure switch 63H1 Only case of FDTNP type Check joint Oil separator Sub cooling coil Indoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Outdoor unit Models FDT308HEN A 308HES A Cooling cycle Heating cycle Thermistor ThI A Heat exchanger Liquid line ø9 52 Strainer Strainer Compressor Strainer Strainer Thermist...

Page 301: ...temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchange temp High pressure switch for controlling FM0 High pressure switch for protection OFF 68 C ON 61 C Equipped unit ThI R Tho D Tho R 63H2 63H1 Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit FDTN208 258 FDC308 508 type FDT208 508 OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C OFF 135 C ON 90 C OFF 70 C ON 60 C OFF 2 50MPa 25 5 kgf cm2 ON 2 06MPa 21 kgf cm2 Parts name M...

Page 302: ...perature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures 8 2 6 Selection chart Correct the cooling and heating capacity in accordance with the conditions as follows The net cooling and heating capacity can be obtained in the following way Net capacity Capacity shown on specification Correction factors ...

Page 303: ...eration Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Item Air flow Hi 0 112 0 050 0 065 0 076 0 025 Lo 0 073 0 030 0 030 0 050 0 013 Model 208 type 258 type 308 type 408 type 508 type 2 Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to air flow rate control fan speed Coefficient 1 00 at High 0 95 at Low Table of b...

Page 304: ...alues should be subtracted from the values in the above table 50 60Hz Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference 5m 10m 15m 20m 25m 30m Adjustment coefficient 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 Piping length limitations Item Model FDTN P FDT208 258 FDTN P FDT308 508 FDT308 508 Max one way piping length 30m 50m 30m Max vertical height difference Outdoor ...

Page 305: ...60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20...

Page 306: ...requency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Model FDC506HES3 Noise level 59 dB A Souud pressure level standard 0 0002µbar Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Souud pressure level standard 0 0002µbar Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 6...

Page 307: ...ource 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange PK Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green 8 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 8 3 1 Electrical wiring Models FDTN208HEN S1 258HEN S1 Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for...

Page 308: ... X 2 X 3 X 4 X 7 X 5 Val CnT CnH CnN CnN CnH 2 ThI A ThI R BK BK BK BK RD RD BK BK BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 CnQ TrI Test XR1 XR2 XR3 XR4 XR5 Option SW2 SW3 ON ON OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 PC FS X 6 4 5 BL BR PC 10 14 X 6 220 240V 12V Printed circuit board Thc CnS CnS2 BK BK BK LS BK CnB Remote controller RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z Z X X TB Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor fo...

Page 309: ...ch v Terminal F TB Terminal block mark Connector DM Drain motor LED G Indication lamp Green FS Float switch LED R Indication lamp Red Th C Thermistor Indoor unit Outdoor unit TB RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 2 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 6 14V 27 BL WH BK RD BR WH BL BL P P BR BR BK BK 26 25 21 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 2 3 1 4 2 Pri...

Page 310: ...nal F SW2 3 Changeover switch Connector TB Terminal block mark LED G Indication lamp Green Thc Thermistor LED R Indication lamp Red Indoor unit Outdoor unit TB RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 2 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 6 14V 27 BL WH BK RD BR WH BL BL BL BL P P BR BR BK BK 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 2 1 1 3 2 4 5 6 Pri...

Page 311: ...nS CnS2 BK BK BK LS BK SW1 CnB Remote controller RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z Z X X Models FDT408HES SA 508HES SA Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I Th I A Thermistor CF O1 2 Capacitor for FM O Th I R Thermistor CH Crankcase heater Tho A Thermistor CM Compressor motor Tho D Thermistor CnA Z Connector mark Tho R Thermistor CT 1 2 C...

Page 312: ... BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange RD Red WH White Y GN Yellow Green Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Indoor unit Outdoor unit L N CM FM 0 49F 0 52C LM FM I 49F I DM TB RD WH WH WH WH RD RD BL BK BK 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH CC RD BK R S C Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM CF O CnP CnM CnP BK BK WH RD F 3 15A RD RD TB WH BK WH Y GN A B Y GN RD WH BK TB 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 9 X 1 X 3 X 4 X 7 X 5 X 2 WH WH WH OR OR RD...

Page 313: ...14 X 6 Printed circuit board Thc CnS CnS2 BK BK BK LS BK SW1 CnB Remote controller RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z Z X X Power Source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz 380V 60Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange RD Red WH White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I Th C Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Th I A Thermistor CH Crankcas...

Page 314: ...BK BK BK RD RD RD 4 5 4 5 BL BL BR 10 14 X 6 BK BK Printed circuit board Thc CnS CnS2 BK BK BK LS BK SW1 CnB Remote controller RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z Z X X Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I Th C Thermistor CF O1 2 Capacitor for FM O Th I A Thermistor CH Crankcase heater Th I R Thermistor CM Compressor motor TrI Transformer CnA W Connector mark Val Varistor D...

Page 315: ...Phase 220 240V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange PK Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Models FDTNP208HEN S 258HEN S Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I A Thermistor CF I Capacitor for FM I Th I R ...

Page 316: ...V 12V Printed circuit board Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Model FDTNP308HEN S Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange PK Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I A Thermisto...

Page 317: ...SW 3 3 3 SW2 SW3 ON ON OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 PC FS X 6 BL BR PC 10 14 X 6 220 240V 12V 1 2 N 3 4 5 Printed circuit board Model FDTNP308HES S Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Ma...

Page 318: ... SW3 ON ON OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 PC Printed circuit board FS X 6 BL BR PC 10 14 X 6 220 240V 12V 1 2 N 3 4 5 Models FDTNP408HES S 508HES S Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Me...

Page 319: ...al sender Signals are sent to the air conditioner from here Filter reset indicator The FILTER mark is indicated when the FILTER RESET button is pressed Temperature indicator Set temperature is indicated Timer OFF time Indicated the timer OFF time When the timer mode is CONT or OFF there is no indication ON OFF button When the button is pressed the air conditioner is started and when the button is ...

Page 320: ...itch when servicing the unit Operation mode display Displays the operation mode that has been selected Cooling only air conditioner has the display of COOL DRY and FAN only Fan speed display Displays the fan speed that has been set Operation Inspection indicator lamp During operation Green lamp flashes In case of error Red lamp flashes On Off switch Use this switch to start or stop the air conditi...

Page 321: ...tion it is switched automatically to the cooling operation For an hour after this switching the heating operation is suspended regardless of the temperature as shown at left Temperature difference between thermostat set temp and return air temp Detected by ThI A Note 1 ON OFF According to control other than temperature control Thermostat ON Cooling Fan Heating Dry Control part Compressor 4 way val...

Page 322: ... block to provide cooling op eration for the dehumidifying Operation block D C B A Set temp by thermostat Pattern of operation Operation block Thermal drying starting for 8 or 16 minutes after operation started A 16 minutes Cooling operation Thermostat ON Indoor fan operating with the setting air flow When the thermostat is turned off the indoor fan operates for 30 seconds with the Lo operation in...

Page 323: ...e hot start terminates and it returns to the setting airflow of the blower 2 If the indoor heat exchanger temperature is lower than 30 C when the unit is heating under the thermo ON condition the indoor fan operates in the Lo mode As the temperature rises higher than 30 C or 7 minutes after the beginning of hot start the hot start terminates and it returns to the setting air flow 8 Indoor fan cont...

Page 324: ...umulated after the start of heating operation exceeds 30 minutes 2 When the compressor operation time accumulated after the end of defrost operation exceeds 45 minutes 3 When the defrost thermostat 23DH1 is turned ON 6 C b Defrost terminating condition If the defrost thermostat 23DH2 is turned OFF 12 C or 12 minutes after the start of defrost operation the defrost opera tion is canceled and it ret...

Page 325: ... be able to start three minutes after the power restoration Furthermore if the timer was operating prior to the power interruption the unit remains stopped even after the restoration of service Note 1 Becomes invalid if the dip switch SW3 1 on the indoor PC board is at OFF SW3 1 is set at ON when unit is shipped from the factory 16 Thermistor disconnection detection control a Detection of indoor r...

Page 326: ...sor there is restarting of the compressor 52C ON Moreover during stoppage of the compressor the Run lamp green blinks 2 times Note 1 When starting the compressor for the first time after turning the operational switch ON there is starting regardless of the power source voltage Furthermore if dip switch SW 3 2 on the internal substrate is OFF this becomes invalid Switch SW 3 2 is set to ON upon shi...

Page 327: ...ing auto swing the position displayed on the LCD changes but the positions of the louvers and the display are not coordinated The louvers swing 3 4 times per minute but the display changes once per second Stopping the louvers When the AUTO SWING key is pressed to stop the louver movement the LCD louver position display stops and the louvers stop when they come to the position displayed on the LCD ...

Page 328: ...ring outline Route the wire connecting each of the indoor and outdoor units as it would be for each unit Use the terminal block X Y Z for the remote control for the group controller and use a jumper wire among each of the rooms Notes 1 The unit number is set by a switch SW1 on the circuit board for the indoor unit 2 If unit number is not important random can be used However setting in order from 0...

Page 329: ...ler i The following is the sequence of operation for the remote controller operation mode switch ii CPU reset This functions when the inspection and filter reset switch on the remote controller are pushed simultaneously It operates in the same manner as the power reset iii Power outage compensation function This is enabled by setting dip switch SW3 on the remote control circuit board to ON It reco...

Page 330: ...utdoor air temperature C 9 19 17 E Zone A Zone 3 Heat exchanger temperature C 0 C Zone D Zone b Heating Operation 1 Stop control for outdoor fan When the high pressure switch 63H2 operates the fan for the outdoor unit is stopped to control the high pressure switch 63H2 settings Models FDC208 1008 type 2 5 OFF 2 06 ON MPa 25 5 OFF 21 ON kgf cm2 2 Tap control for outdoor fan When the high pressure s...

Page 331: ... J17 With 4 way selector valve OFF during heater operation Defrost operation is performed with the compressor on the fan for the outdoor unit off and the 4 way selector valve on b Defrost finished i Once defrost operation has started it will finish after the cumulative operating time of the compressor has reached 12 minutes factory setting SW5 1 OFF Note 1 This time will become 14 minutes if the D...

Page 332: ...or 0 5 seconds and when it is more than the set value detection at current sensor CT the compressor is stopped The compressor is restarted after a 3 minute delay if the detection current is less than 1 5 to 2A If this condition is re detected 5 times within 60 minutes of the first occurrence an abnormal stop of the unit is performed ii If 60 minutes passes and the detected current after the first ...

Page 333: ...C operates due to a rise in the windings of the compressor motor The setting values of the internal thermostat 49C are 90 C open and 73 C close 8 Control of the closing and opening of the service valve Only heat pump type a When the compressor is ON for the first time after turning on the power the heating operation starts regardless of any setting b If the 63H2 turns OFF open within 10 seconds af...

Page 334: ...ficiently support heavy weight When strength is insufficient injury can result from a falling of the unit Execute the prescribed installation construction to prepare for earthquakes and the strong winds of typhoons and hurricanes etc Improper installations can result in accidents due to a violent falling over of the unit For electrical work please see that a licensed electrician executes the work ...

Page 335: ... size of ceiling opening can be adjusted within the range shown below Bring the unit body to the ceiling opening right in the center so as not to be set aside and so that space between a ceiling opening end and the outside of the unit body becomes equal to that on the opposite side 3 The size of the pattern sheet equals to the maximum size of the square ceiling opening b Location of Pipes For the ...

Page 336: ...e to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoor placement f Do not ever provide an air vent g The height of the drain head can be elevated up to a point 700 mm ablve the ceiling and when an obstacle exists in the ceiling space elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget When doing this if the stretch for the needed height is higher than 500 mm the back ...

Page 337: ...are attached on the panel a Check with the accessory level gauges that the indoor unit height and the size of ceiling hole are correct Remove the level gauges from the indoor unit before fixing the decorative panel b Screw two bolts out of four accessory bolts less than 5 mm in the indoor unit diagonally c Hang the panel on the two bolts and fix them temporarily d Tighten the bolts fixed temporari...

Page 338: ...p switch SW3 3 on the indoor unit printed circuit board Specify the following switch number the operation mode can be changed to the quiet mode mild mode Confirm at installation and change if necessary Scope possible for receiving under illumination at receiving section of 300 lux Scope possible for receiving under illumination at receiving section of 600 lux Ceiling Floor Scope possible for recei...

Page 339: ...ns 2 Couple the upper case with the lower case as they were 3 Secure the remote controller cords on the wall or other using cord clamps Embedded installation 1 Have a JIS box and remote controller cords use shielding wires or twisted pair wires for extension embedded in the wall in advance Adequate JIS box JIS C 8336 Single switch box without cover JIS C 8336 Medium size square outlet box and two ...

Page 340: ...ht of obstruction wall in front of the discharge air port to the height of unit or less Do not enclose around the unit by the obstruction Secure the top space for 1 m or more When installing the units side by side in series secure a space of 10 mm between units When installing the unit where there is a concern about the short circuit attach the guide louver in front of discharge air port to preven...

Page 341: ... Models FDC P 208 508 type Models FDC808 1008 type Hanging hook Models FDC P 208 508 type Models FDC808 1008 type Heavier on the right side b Moving 1 The unit is heavier on the right side looking from the front of unit discharge air port side Therefore sufficient caution is required for the person who carries the right side of unit The person who carries the left side must hold the handle of fron...

Page 342: ...crews on the service panel pull down the panel toward the arrow direction and then remove the panel toward you 2 Refrigerant pipe connection a The piping can be taken out to the right front rear and down directions b Cut the plate at the knockout portion on the piping penetration section with necessary minimum size c Mount the attached edging by cutting it to the appropriate length before connecti...

Page 343: ...tdoor unit at fully closed position perform vacuuming at 0 1 MPa 76 cmHg or under from the servi ce valve charge port Leak test 1 The unit s air tightness test has been conducted but after completing the piping connections conduct an air tightness test of the connected piping and the indoor units using the outdoor gas side service valve check joint Be sure to conduct this test with the service val...

Page 344: ...e amount per 1m Length that additional charge is not required Total length of the piping one way Factory charge amount for FDC508HES3 Note 1 3 The values in are when connected to FDKN Series indoor unit 1 Additional charge amount Calculate the additional charge amount according to Table 1 Example In the case that FDT508HES SA is newly installed with piping length of 40m 30 5 m 0 035 kg m 40 30 m 0...

Page 345: ...er than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord design HO5RN F IEC 57 Do not connect more than three wires to the terminal block Use round type crimped terminal lugs with insulated grip on the end of the wires b 3 phase model Following precautions must be observed when the model is adapted to R407C 1 Tools and related components should be changed when handling a different kind of refrigerant in ord...

Page 346: ...e DO NOT LEAVE OUTDOOR UNIT WITH THE SERVICE PANEL OPENED When the service panel is removed high voltage portion and high temperature areas are exposed IMPORTANT Check that the service valves are fully opened without fail before operation Turn on the power for over 12 hours to energize the crankcase heater in advance of operation Wait more than 3 minutes to restart the unit after stop Models FDC30...

Page 347: ... a place where it is installed by referring to the following b Foundation anchor Note 1 Place the concrete foundation deep enough Unit Anchor bolt Concrete foundation To fix by bolt Unit Concrete foundation Anchor bolt Install the unit so that the angle of indination must be less than 3 degrees 2 Refrigerant piping a Outline of piping d Heat insulation for refrigerant piping i The gas piping and l...

Page 348: ... charge amount of refrigerant Additional charge amount per meter Outdoor unit Indoor unit Length that additional charge is not required 4 Maximum piping length Unit kg Holding charged 3 Electric wiring This air conditioning system should be notificated to supply authority connection to power supply system a Selection of size of power supply and interconnecting wires Precautions for Electric wiring...

Page 349: ...ion shown in figure 2 Connect wires to the terminal block correctly and fix the wires with a wire clamp equipped near by the terminal block 3 Route the wires in a proper way and penetrate the wires through the opening for electric wiring on the side panel 4 Test run OCAUTION THIS UNIT WILL BE STARTED INSTANTLY WITHOUT ON OPERATION WHEN ELECTRIC POWER IS SUPPLIED BE SURE TO EXECUTE OFF OPERATION BE...

Page 350: ...vice port of the gas piping Close high pressure valve 2 of gange mani fold c Connect the charging hose A to a vecuum pump Repeat evacuation in the following sequence Notes 1 Do not use the refrigerant pressure to expel air 2 Do not use the compressor for evacuation 3 Do not operate the compressor in a vacuum condition Start the vacuum pump h Compond pressure gauge indicates 0 1 MPa 76 cmHg h Opera...

Page 351: ...operating condition by operation pressure and temperature difference Making an accurate judgement requires a skill that is acquired only after years of experience one trouble may lead to an another trouble from a single trouble source and several other troubles may exist at the same time which comes from a undetected different trouble source Filtering out the trouble sources can be done easier by ...

Page 352: ...nd operating conditions Indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor Indoor unit circuit board Failure in drainage Float switch Number of indoor units connected Insufficient refrigerant Check indicator table Table of inspection items based on error codes Note 1 Inspection LED display has a cycle of 8 seconds flashing time of 0 5 seconds ii Only case of wired remote control model Failure mode on the indoo...

Page 353: ... of indoor unit microcomputer printed circuit board Microcomputer printed circuit board can be replaced with following procedure i Confirm the parts numbers Refer to the following parts layout drawing for the location of parts number Parts number PJA505A069 PHA505A007 Model FDKN P 258 308 FDT FDR FDU FDFL Parts number PHA505A008 PJA505A092Z Model FDTN P FDEN P FDKN P 208 Transformer primary side P...

Page 354: ...ng thermostat is OFF ii Please match the settings of control switching switches SW3 SW4 SW5 to the settings they had before they were replaced With these switches if the printed circuit had a jumper wire before being replaced set to jumper wire ON if there was a jumper wire and jumper OFF is these was not iii Connect the fast on terminals and connectors that are to the circuit board for the micro ...

Page 355: ... broken wire Defective return air thermistor Replacement Defective indoor unit PCB Replacement Defective return air thermistor input circuit 2 Indoor unit Check Lamp yellow 2 time flashes Note 1 Characteristics as per the above graph YES YES YES NO Is there any overflow NO Is the float switch tripper Note 1 Check if power source is there between DM connectors Is the angle of drain piping good Is t...

Page 356: ...1 Refer to previous page for heat exchanger thermistor tempera ture resistance characteristic values YES YES YES NO NO Does the voltage oscillate between DC6 and 10V between control switch circuit board connector CnB Y White to Z Black Does the voltage oscillate between DC6 and 10V between indoor unit PCB connector CNB 2 White to 3 Black YES NO NO Is there DC 10 8V between control switch circuit b...

Page 357: ...Defective return air thermistor Replacement Defective indoor unit PCB Replacement Defective return air thermistor input circuit Note 1 Characteristics as per the above graph 2 Error display e 6 Defective indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor 3 Error display e 7 Defective return air thermistor YES YES NO NO Are the heat exchanger thermistor characteristics OK is there no short circuit YES NO Is the...

Page 358: ...ing Are there any DM connector loose Are there any PCB faston terminal loose Are there any DM wire broken Repair 7 Error display e 57 Insufficient refrigerant Note 1 Refer to previous page for heat exchanger thermistor heat resistance characteristic values Are the heat exchanger thermistor characteristic normal YES NO NO Defective heat exchanger thermistor Replacement Is the unit normalized Defect...

Page 359: ...charge gas thermistor or imperfect connection of the connector The wiring secondary wiring of 52C to the compressor is open 4 Outdoor unit side FDC P 208 508 type FDC808 1008 type Failure mode on the outdoor unit is indicated by flashing both Green LED LED G and Red LED LED R on the printed circuit board Check Indicator Table Parts No PCA505A046ZN Model 1 phase model Parts No PCA505A046ZS Parts No...

Page 360: ... valve open close check control disabled SW6 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Function Function of DIP switched SW6 4 Way Valve Control Enabled Disabled 14 C 18 C Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Defrost Circulation Temperature Switching 63HI Abnormal detection switching 3 minute delay when power is turned on Switching 1 J17 2 J18 3 J19 4 J20 X01 F1 R10 X05 X09 X08 CNA2 X07 X02 CNF X03 X04 R3 R12 R11 ...

Page 361: ...s FM0 operating At heating Is FM1 operating Is the service valve gas side opened fully Is the filter clogged Is it overcharged Is the installation space of indoor outdoor unit adequate Is there any short circuit on the indoor outdoor unit 2 Overcurrent of the compressor motor Note 1 Measure and check the current value Confirm that the overcurrent setting by SW3 of outdoor unit PCB is correct Outdo...

Page 362: ...is there any broken wire Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor Replacement Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistorinput circuit Outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor ThO R Resistance temperature characteristics Resistance kΩ Note 1 22kΩ at 6 C 6 Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED 1 time flash 1...

Page 363: ...T 0 7 Defective outdoor temperature thermistor Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED 2 time flashes 1 time flash Temperature T T 80 C T 80 C 100 50 0 10 5 0 0 C 50 C 20 C 80 C 100 C 120 C Is the discharge gas thermistor connector connection OK NO YES Repair Are the discharge gas thermistor characteristics OK is there no broken wire Defective discharge gas thermistor Replacement NO YES Defective outdoor u...

Page 364: ...sive At 49C operation During cooling heating Isn t there insufficient refrigerant Isn t there gas leakage Isn t there a missing phase L1 or L2 phase 63H1 49C operation Only case of FDC808 1008 type 10 Red LED Green LED 5 time flashes 1 time flash Outdoor unit Failure to open the service valve This abnormality will be indicated only when the compressor is ON for the time after turning on the power ...

Page 365: ...CONDITIONER Split system Air cooled Cooling only type Refrigerant R22 use models FDT208CEN SA 258CEN SA 308CEN A 308CES A 408CES A 508CES A Alternative refrigerant R407C use models FDTNP208CEN S 258CEN S 308CEN S 308CES S 408CES S 508CES S 363 FDT N C ...

Page 366: ... Specifications 366 9 2 2 Range of usage limitations 378 9 2 3 Exterior dimensions 379 9 2 4 Exterior appearance 388 9 2 5 Piping system 389 9 2 6 Selection chart 391 9 2 7 Noise level 394 9 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 396 9 3 1 Electrical wiring 396 9 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 403 9 5 APPLICATION DATA 403 9 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 403 ...

Page 367: ...es encased in one sheath is enough for conducting the wiring work between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 All air supply ports have auto swing louvers The indoor fan motor has two speeds of high and low 5 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 6 Low sound level Operati...

Page 368: ...ber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermostat for discharge temperature I...

Page 369: ...filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Cank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment 4 Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Fros...

Page 370: ...e Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation dat...

Page 371: ...ke Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation da...

Page 372: ...ntake Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation...

Page 373: ...Available Air filter Q ty Long life filter 1 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C S E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermost...

Page 374: ... for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for protection Installation data mm Liqu...

Page 375: ...ubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment 4 Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch...

Page 376: ... Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch...

Page 377: ...Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch ...

Page 378: ... Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch...

Page 379: ...er Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure swit...

Page 380: ...x 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 20m Outdoor unit is higher Max 30m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Models Item FDT308 508 FDC306 506 type Indoor return air temperature Upper lower limits Outdoor return air temperature Upper lower limits Indoor unit atmosphere behind ceiling temperature and humidity Refrigerant line one way length Vertic...

Page 381: ...FDTN type Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Hole for wiring Control box Lug for Suspension bolts Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Max Drain up Suspension bolts M10 or M8 4PCS 295 325 700 or more 570 359 430 264 304 300 515 800 700 161 99 49 or more 26 215 141 295 336 740 680 VIEW A VIEW B Space for installation and service Obstacle 1000 or more 1000 or more Holes for tapping screws Holes for tap...

Page 382: ...rain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 M10 or M8 4pcs B C Air inlet grille Air outlet grille 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 210 137 187 260 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 33 80 113 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 112 100 60 140 42 140 Holes for tapping s...

Page 383: ...g Exhaust air opening for ducting Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Gas piping φ19 05 3 4 M10 or M8 4pcs B C Air inlet grille Air outlet grille 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 270 137 187 320 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 93 80 173 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 172 10...

Page 384: ...D φ5 6 LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased Standard Within 0 3 mm2 Within 100 m 0 5 mm2 Within 200 m 0 75 mm2 Within 300 m 1 25 mm2 Within 400 m 2 mm2 Within 600 m Allowable rang of wire thickness and length Usable JIS box JIS C 8336 Switch box for 1 piece without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as ill...

Page 385: ...ight of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Required space for maintenance and air flow L1 Air inlet Air inlet Air inlet Maintenance space L2 L3 L4 Opening for electric wiring Opening for piping and electric wiring 15 50 50 150 70 40 Holes for anchor bolt Electric wiring M10 4 pcs 15 330 15 35 290 35 55 150 580 150 55 260 15 335 50 15 103 40 Liquid piping φ6 3...

Page 386: ...r at the top of unit 5 Make the height of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Flare connecting 40 53 95 40 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Terminal block Opening for electric wiring Opening for electric wiring Holes for anchor bolt M10 4 pcs Holes for d...

Page 387: ...tion wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit VIEW A L2 L3 L4 L1 Air inlet Air inlet Air outlet Maintenance space 50 110 195 555 578 920 10 46 50 48 100 165 580 175 35 15 380 15 15 103 50 50 50 50 110 195 50 70 50 15 50 27 50 15 47 295 237 15 340 35 55 55 150 40 Gas piping ø 19 05 3 4 Flare connecting Liquid piping ø 9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Holes ...

Page 388: ... surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Models FDC306CEN3 306CES3 Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 0 Open L3 100 150 100 Installation type Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm 580 380 L2 L1 L3 Air outlet Maintenance space 500 mm Obstacles Air inlet Air inlet ...

Page 389: ...1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Models FDC406CES3 506CES3 Unit mm Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 0 Open L3 150 300 150 Installation type Required space for maintenance and air flow 580 380 950 1250 L1 L2 L3 ...

Page 390: ...08C TN PSC 32W E Without swing For wired remote FDT208 A T PSA 22W E controller FDT258 A 508 A T PSA 32W E 2 Outdoor unit Models FDC208CEN3 FDCP208CEN3 Models FDC306CEN3 306CES3 Models FDC406CES3 506CES3 Polar white Polar white Polar white Polar white Pearl white Decorative panel Models FDC258CEN3 FDCP258CEN3 308CEN3 308CES3 Models FDCP408CES3 508CES3 Polar white ...

Page 391: ...door unit High pressure switch 63H1 Tho D Caillary tabe Thermistat Tho R Thermistat Tho A Thermistat Tho A Thermistor Tho R Thermistor Solenoid valve SV Heat exchanger Check joint Capillary tube Service valve Strainer Flare connecting Capillary tube Tho D Thermistor ThI A Thermistor Heat exchanger ThI R Thermistor Liquid line ø9 52 Gas line 308 ø15 88 408 ø19 05 Only 408type Muffler Indoor unit Ot...

Page 392: ...h pressure switch 63H1 Solenoid valve SV Accumulator Compressor Gas line ø19 05 Model FDTNP508CES S Parts name Mark OFF 3 24MPa 33 Kgf cm2 ON 2 65MPa 27 kgf cm2 Thermistor for frost prevention Thermistor for detecting dis charge pipe temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchanger temp High pressure switch for protection Preset point of the protective devices Equipped unit ThI R Tho D Tho R 63HI Indo...

Page 393: ...ng capacity in relation to temperatures a Only case of ISO T1 models FDT208 508 FDTNP208 258 type Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperature CD B Applicable range Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperatures ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air...

Page 394: ...Air flow Lo 0 073 0 030 0 030 0 050 0 013 Model 208 type 258 type 308 type 408 type 508 type 2 Correction of cooling capacity in relation to air flow rate control fan speed Coefficient 1 00 at High 0 95 at Low Indoor air W B temperature CW B Table of bypass factor ISO T1 Standard condition ...

Page 395: ...ing length 0 15 Number of bends in piping Equivalent piping length Limitation length of piping 5m 4 When the outdoor unit is located at a lower height than the indoor unit in cooling operation the following values should be subtracted from the values in the above table Piping length limitations How to obtain the cooling capacity Example The net cooling capacity of the model FDT308CEN A with the ai...

Page 396: ...0 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB...

Page 397: ...Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Souud pressure level standard 0 0002µbar Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Models FDCP308CEN3 308CES3 Noise level 52dB A Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N...

Page 398: ...Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit 52C 12V 220 240V CC Printed circuit board 1 1 CnS CnB Remote controller BK BK RD WH BK RD WH BK Thc BK LS CnS2 BK Y Y Z Z X X Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange RD Red WH White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name Cc Capacitor for CM SW2 3 Changeover switch CF I Capacitor for FM...

Page 399: ...ion SW2 SW3 ON ON OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 PC NR FS 49C Y GN Y GN Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit 12V 220 240V CnM Printed circuit board CnS CnB Remote controller BK BK RD WH BK RD WH BK Thc BK LS CnS2 BK Y Y Z Z X X Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name Cc Capacitor for CM SW2 3 Changeover switch CF I Capacitor for FM I TB Terminal block mark CF O Capacitor f...

Page 400: ...2 3 4 1 2 3 4 PC 52C FS NR RD Y GN Y GN WH BK N L 3 BL BK CnM 49C T1 T2 T3 Power Source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz 380V 60Hz Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit 12V 220 240V BK Printed circuit board CnS CnB Remote controller BK BK RD WH BK RD WH BK Thc BK LS CnS2 BK Y Y Z Z X X Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I SW2 3 Changeover switch CF O Capacitor for FM O Th c Thermistor ...

Page 401: ...F O2 BK WH WH BK OR OR OR OR CnM CnM 2 CFo 2 CnM 2 Y GN CnM 2 BK 12V 220 240V BK BK BK RD Printed circuit board CnS CnB Remote controller BK BK RD WH BK RD WH BK Thc BK LS CnS2 BK Y Y Z Z X X Models FDT408CES A 508CES A Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange RD Red WH White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I TB Term...

Page 402: ...lue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Power Source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz LM FM I 49F I DM Y GN RD WH BK TB 1 2 9 X 1 X 3 X 4 X 7 X 5 X 2 WH WH WH OR RD BL BK BL BK WH WH Y GN CnJ CnF 1 CF I 3 8 7 6 5 L H UH OR WH WH RD WH RD BR BR GR CnF 1 CnJ CnR CnI CnI CnR 4 13 X 1 X 2 X 3 ...

Page 403: ...2V 220 240V Printed circuit board 1 2 3 Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit CnT Power Source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I SW Back up switch ON OFF CF O Capacitor for FM O SW2 3 Changeover switch CH Crankcase heater TB Terminal block mark CM Compressor motor Th I A Thermistor CnA W Connector Th l R Thermistor DM Drain motor Tho A Thermistor F F...

Page 404: ...O1 15 14 H L UH CF 02 CnM 2 GR GR OR OR WH BR BL BK FM O2 49F O2 CM NR Models FDTNP408CES S 508CES S Power Source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for ...

Page 405: ...to heating same at the unit for FDT N heat pump type See page 317 9 5 APPLICATION DATA The application data for the cooling only models are similar to those for the heat pump models See page 332 9 6 MAINTENANCE DATA Same at the cooling heating equipment FDT N heat pump type Refer to page 348 ...

Page 406: ...404 FDT N C MEMO ...

Page 407: ...2 SRK408HENF L2 SRK501HENF L SRK561HENF L 405 SRK H 10 CEILING SUSPENSION TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type 405 FDEN H Refrigerant R22 use models FDEN 208HEN S1 258HEN S1 Alternative refrigerant R407C use models FDENP208HEN S 258HEN S 308HEN S 308HEN S 408HES S 508HES S ...

Page 408: ...imitations 416 10 2 3 Exterior dimensions 417 10 2 4 Exterior appearance 423 10 2 5 Piping system 424 10 2 6 Selection chart 426 10 2 7 Noise level 428 10 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 430 10 3 1 Electrical wiring 430 10 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 435 10 5 APPLICATION DATA 435 10 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 436 10 5 2 Installation of outdoor unit 439 10 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 439 ...

Page 409: ...e remote controller with 5 malfunction modes 6 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 7 Simple design With the model change the design has been completely renewed A simple and modern form with curves harmonizes more with the interior The suction grill also comes in two segments simplifying the maintenance 8 Amazingly quiet oper...

Page 410: ...nes bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R22 Quantity kg Holding charged 0 98 Pre charged up to the piping length of 0m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 BARREL FREEZE 32SAM Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Multiblade centrifugal fan 2 Propeller fan 1 Motor W 40 1 55 1 Starting method Line starting Line ...

Page 411: ...exchanger Louver fines inner grooved tubing Slitted fines bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R22 Quantity kg Holding charged 1 1 Pre charged up to the piping length of 5m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 BARREL FREEZE 32SAM Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Multiblade centrifugal fan 4 Propeller fan 1 ...

Page 412: ...arting method Line starting Heat exchanger Louver fines inner grooved tubing Slitted fines bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R407C Quantity kg Holding charged 0 98 Pre charged up to the piping length of 0m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 MA32 Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Multiblade centrifugal f...

Page 413: ...arting Heat exchanger Louver fines inner grooved tubing Slitted fines bare tubing Refrigerant control Capillary tube Refrigerant R407C Quantity kg Holding charged 1 2 Pre charged up to the piping length of 5m Refrigerant oil r 0 7 MA32 Defrost control MC controlled de icer High pressure control High pressure switch Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Multiblade centrifugal fan 4 Propeller fan 1 M...

Page 414: ...r flow Standard CMM Hi 16 5 Lo 11 5 58 Fresh air intake Unavailable Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 2 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermos...

Page 415: ...flow Standard CMM Hi 16 5 Lo 11 5 58 Fresh air intake Unavailable Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 2 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermosta...

Page 416: ...Air flow Standard CMM Hi 26 Lo 19 70 Fresh air intake Unavailable Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 3 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermosta...

Page 417: ...Air flow Standard CMM Hi 28 Lo 20 110 Fresh air intake Unavailable Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 3 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermost...

Page 418: ...line one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage Voltage at starting Frequency of ON OFF cycle ON and OFF interval Refer to the selection chart Max 50 m Max 10 times h Max 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 30 m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15 m Outdoor unit is lower Max 30 m Max 20 m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15 m Outdoor unit is lower ...

Page 419: ... 20 30 20 10 50 50 10 20 30 15 15 290 135 15 7 Holes for suspension bolts 12 17 4 pcs The brackets face out When the unit is half recessed above the ceiling When the unit is suspended beneath the ceiling Automatic louver Indication board Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Drain Connectable with VP20 Drain piping connection Note 1 The slope of drain piping inside the unit is able to take incline of 10 mm 75 70 ...

Page 420: ...ng piping wiring ref piping wiring drain piping Left exit Left exit 300mm min Ceiling suspension installation Space for installation servicing Piping wiring draw out holes The brackets face out When the unit is half recessed above the ceiling The brackets face interior Side panel 30 30 35 30 55 29 290 20 10 30 20 10 15 50 135 15 7 50 15 1451 1244 1370 1160 1410 1200 1470 1260 When the unit is sus ...

Page 421: ...Indication board of indoor unit Remote controller signal receiver 2 Remote controller a Wireless remote controller Unit mm MODE TEMP ON OFF AUTO COOL DRY FAN HEAT FILTER C AM PM ON AM PM OFF FAN HI LO 60 20 5 161 5 ...

Page 422: ...wiring Opening for piping and electric wiring Opening for piping and electric wiring 3 Outdoor unit Models FDC208HEN3A FDCP208HEN3A Unit mm Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 5 Open L3 100 150 100 L4 5 5 5 Installation type Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the p...

Page 423: ...er at the top of unit 5 Make the height of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Flare connecting 40 53 95 40 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Terminal block Opening for electric wiring Opening for electric wiring Holes for anchor bolt M10 4 pcs Holes for ...

Page 424: ...all in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit VIEW A L2 L3 L4 L1 Air inlet Air inlet Air outlet Maintenance space 50 110 195 555 578 10 46 50 48 100 165 580 175 35 15 380 15 15 103 50 50 50 50 110 195 50 70 50 15 50 27 50 15 47 295 237 15 35 55 55 150 40 Gas piping ø 19 05 3 4 Flare connecting Liquid piping ø 9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Holes for drain ø 20...

Page 425: ...l lins Gray Frame Ceramic white Front panel Ceramic white Air inlet louver Ceramic white Side panel Ceramic white Front panel 2 Outdoor unit Models FDC208HEN3A FDCP208HEN3A Models FDC258HEN3A FDCP258HEN3A 308HEN3 308HES3 Models FDCP408HES3 508HES3 Polar white Polar white Polar white ...

Page 426: ...ressure switch 63H1 Accumulators Compressor Indoor unit 10 2 5 Piping system Models FDEN208HEN S1 258HEN S1 FDENP208HEN S 258HEN S Service valve Flare connecting Service valve Flare connecting Gas line Strainer Thermistor ThO D Strainer Capillary tube Check valve Solenoid valve Capillary tube Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThO R Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThI A Thermistor ThI R Heat exchanger Heat ...

Page 427: ...mpressor Accumulators Check valve Check joint Check joint Oil separator Sub cooling coil Check joint Indoor unit Outdoor unit Preset point of the protective devices Parts name Mark Equipped unit FDEN208 258 type FDENP208 258 type Thermistor for protection over loading in heating Thermistor for detecting discharge pipe temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchange temp Thermistor for frost prevention...

Page 428: ...odels FDENP308HEN S 308HES S 408HES S 508HES S Indoor air W B temperature CW B Outdoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD ...

Page 429: ...1 00 at High 0 95 at Low Air flow Hi 0 031 0 030 0 036 0 018 Lo 0 016 0 013 0 018 0 010 FDEN208 type FDENP208 type FDEN258 type FDENP258 type 4 When the outdoor unit is located at a lower height than the indoor unit in cooling operation and when the outdoor unit is located at a higher height than the indoor unit in heating operation the following values should be subtracted from the values in the ...

Page 430: ... 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Model FDC208HEN3A Noise level 52dB A Model FDC258HEN3A Noise level 52dB A Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63...

Page 431: ...octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 ...

Page 432: ...I1 CnF 2 CnF 3 FM I1 49F I FM I2 49F I X 5 X 6 Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Notes 1 1 FM I2 is equipped with only for FDEN258HEN S1 1 Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF I1 2 Capacitor for FM I Tho A Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Tho D Thermistor CH Crankcase heater Tho R Thermistor CM Compressor motor Tr I T...

Page 433: ... CnF 2 CnF 3 FM I1 49F I FM I2 49F I X 5 X 6 Indoor Unit Note 1 1 FM I2 is equipped with only for FDENP258HEN S Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange PK Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capa...

Page 434: ...9F I X 5 X 6 Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit BK BK NR Model FDENP308HEN S Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF I1 2 Capacitor for FM I Tho A Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Tho D Thermistor CH Crankcase heater Tho R Thermistor CM Compressor motor Tr I Transformer Indoor unit CnA W Connector mark Tro Transformer Out...

Page 435: ...3 FM I1 49F I FM I2 49 F I X 5 X 6 Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit WH BK BK NR Model FDENP308HES S Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF...

Page 436: ...D BK OR WH WH WH 10 WH RD OR BK OR BK OR H 5 L H L BK OR WH WH BK X1 X 1 X 2 X4 X2 X5 X3 X6 LM CnT CnH CnL CnB 2 CnN CnH 2 ThI A ThI R BK BK BK BK RD RD BK BK XR1 XR2 XR3 XR4 XR5 Option 3 3 SW3 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 Printed wiring board BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 CnQ TrI Test 220 240V 14V 8V CnF 3 CnF 2 CnJ CnJ CnF 3 CnF 2 CF I2 CF I1 CnF 2 CnF 3 FM I1 49F I FM I2 49 F I X 5 X 6 WH CnL NR Meaning of marks M...

Page 437: ...Its improper installation can also result in heat generation or fire When setting up or moving the location of the air conditioner do not mix air etc or anything other than the designated refrigerant R22 within the refrigeration cycle Rupture and injury caused by abnormal high pressure can result from such mixing Always use accessory parts and authorized parts for installation construction Using p...

Page 438: ...cordance with the piping diameter We recommend using a hole saw drill of 70 86mm diameter and the hole should be drilled on an incline from inside to outside 2 Insert the accessory piping sleeve into the hole and cut it to the proper length in accordance with wall thickness b Installation of suspension bolts 1 Use the template sheet to determine the positions of suspension bolts and refrigerant pi...

Page 439: ...ion brackets facing in 1 Fix the suspension brackets to suspension bolts c In case the unit is half recessed into the ceiling the suspension brackets facing outside 3 Fix unit securely in place by tightening the suspension bracket fixing bolts 4 Attach the side panels and installation is finished 1 Remove a fixing bolt of the side panel 2 Unhook four hooks marked by sliding the side panel in front...

Page 440: ...ing distance decrease to 3 meters 2 Be sure to point the Remote Controller correctly towards the Receiver 3 The operating range is as shown in the left drawing but the range is changed in according to the conditions as illumination sunlight and etc 4 If the Receiver is being subjected to direct sunlight or intense lighting the valid operating range may decrease and result in the Receiver being una...

Page 441: ...439 FDEN H 10 5 2 Installation of outdoor unit This is same as FDT N heat pump series Refer to page 338 10 6 MAINTENANCE DATA This is same as FDT N heat pump series Refer to page 348 ...

Page 442: ...440 FDEN H MEMO ...

Page 443: ...N C FDEN C 441 11 CEILING SUSPENSION TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air cooled cooling only type Alternative refrigerant R407C use models FDENP208CEN S 258CEN S 308CEN S 308CES S 408CES S 508CES S ...

Page 444: ...cifications 444 11 2 2 Range of usage limitations 450 11 2 3 Exterior dimensions 451 11 2 4 Exterior appearance 457 11 2 5 Piping system 458 11 2 6 Selection chart 460 11 2 7 Noise level 462 11 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 463 11 3 1 Electrical wiring 463 11 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 467 11 5 APPLICATION DATA 467 11 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 467 ...

Page 445: ...nd low 6 The controls are wireless residential split air conditioner type remote controller with 4 malfunction modes 7 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 8 Simple design With the model change the design has been completely renewed A simple and modern form with curves harmonizes more with the interior The suction grill also ...

Page 446: ...otor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for protection Installa...

Page 447: ...Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater kW 20 Cank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch ...

Page 448: ...ubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch f...

Page 449: ...ber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for...

Page 450: ...er sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for ...

Page 451: ...ber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for...

Page 452: ...o the selection chart Refrigerant line one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage Voltage at starting Frequency of ON OFF cycle ON and OFF interval Max 30m Max 50m Max 10 times h Max 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 20m Outdoor unit is higher Max 30m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower ...

Page 453: ... 20 30 20 10 50 50 10 20 30 15 15 290 135 15 7 Holes for suspension bolts 12 17 4 pcs The brackets face out When the unit is half recessed above the ceiling When the unit is suspended beneath the ceiling Automatic louver Indication board Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Drain Connectable with VP20 Drain piping connection Note 1 The slope of drain piping inside the unit is able to take incline of 10 mm 75 70 ...

Page 454: ...ring piping wiring piping wiring ref piping wiring drain piping Left exit Left exit 300mm min Space for installation servicing Piping wiring draw out holes The brackets face out When the unit is half recessed above the ceiling The brackets face interior Side panel 30 30 35 30 55 29 290 20 10 30 20 10 15 50 135 15 7 50 15 1451 1244 1370 1160 1410 1200 1470 1260 When the unit is sus pended beneath t...

Page 455: ... C b Indication board of indoor unit Remote controller signal receiver 2 Remote controller a Wireless remote controller MODE TEMP ON OFF COOL DRY FAN FILTER C AM PM ON AM PM OFF FAN HI LO 60 20 5 161 5 Unit mm ...

Page 456: ...all in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm VIEW A L3 L1 Air inlet Air outlet Air inlet Maintenance space L2 L4 Liquid piping φ 6 35 1 4 Flare connecting Gas piping φ 15 88 5 8 Flare connecting Liquid piping φ 6 35 1 4 Flare connecting Gas piping φ 15 88 5 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Terminal block Holes for an...

Page 457: ...s FDCP258CEN3 308CEN3 308CES3 Required space for maintenance and air flow Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 5 Open L3 100 150 100 L4 5 5 5 Installation type Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to 15 mm and under 3 When ...

Page 458: ...ion wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit VIEW A 50 110 195 555 578 920 10 46 50 48 100 165 580 175 35 15 380 15 15 103 50 50 50 50 110 195 50 70 50 15 50 27 50 15 47 295 237 15 340 35 55 55 150 40 Gas piping ø 19 05 3 4 Flare connecting Liquid piping ø 9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Holes for drain ø 20 3pcs Opening for electric wiring Opening for pi...

Page 459: ...s Gray Vertical lins Gray Frame Ceramic white Front panel Ceramic white Air inlet grill Ceramic white Side panel Ceramic white Front panel 2 Outdoor unit Model FDCP208CEN3 Models FDCP258CEN3 308CEN3 308CES3 Models FDCP408CES3 508CES3 Polar white Polar white Polar white ...

Page 460: ...h pressure switch 63H1 Tho D Caillary tabe Thermistat Tho R Thermistat Tho A Thermistat Tho A Thermistor Tho R Thermistor Solenoid valve SV Heat exchanger Check joint Capillary tube Service valve Strainer Flare connecting Capillary tube Tho D Thermistor ThI A Thermistor Heat exchanger ThI R Thermistor Liquid line ø9 52 Gas line 308 ø15 88 408 ø19 05 Only 408type Muffler Check joint High pressure s...

Page 461: ...istor Tho R Thermistor Tho D ThI A Thermistor Thermistor Heat exchanger ThI R Thermistor Liquid line ø9 52 Indoor unit Otutdoor unit Check joint Oil separator Caillary tube Service valve Flare connecing High pressure switch 63H1 Solenoid valve SV Accumulator Compressor Gas line ø19 05 Parts name Mark Equipped unit ThI R Tho D Tho R 63HI Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit All models...

Page 462: ...efficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperatures Models FDENP208CEN S 258CEN S Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperature CD B Applicable range Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperatures ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air W B tempe...

Page 463: ...should be subtracted from the values in the above table Piping length limitations How to obtain the cooling capacity Example The net cooling capacity of the model FDENP308CEN S with the air flow High the piping length of 15m the outdoor unit located 5m lower than the indoor unit indoor wet bulb temperature at 19 0 C and outdoor dry bulb temperature 35 C is Net cooling capacity 7100 1 00 0 98 0 01 ...

Page 464: ...z N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Model FDEN308C Noise level 45 dB A at HIGH 39 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB 1 Indoor unit Model FDEN408C No...

Page 465: ...WH GR OR WH WH OR X 1 X 2 RD WH BK WH BK RD LED1 LED2 SW FM I 49F I X 4 X 7 X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 7 PC 6 LM CnV Capacitor for CM Capacitor for FM I Capacitor for FM O Crankcase heater Compressor motor Connector Fuse Fan motor Indoor unit Fan motor Outdoor unit Indication lamp Green Run Indication lamp Yellow Check Indication lamp Green Indication lamp Red Louver motor Solenoid coil for control Bac...

Page 466: ...Y GN LM 1 2 9 8 7 BK WH RD WH OR WH WH OR CnN CnV RD WH BK WH BK RD LED1 LED2 SW 6 BK WH X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 7 X 2 3 X 1 GR 13 PC Capacitor for CM Capacitor for FM I Capacitor for FM O Crankcase heater Compressor motor Connector Fuse Fan motor Indoor unit Fan motor Outdoor unit Indication lamp Green Run Indication lamp Yellow Check Indication lamp Green Indication lamp Red Louver motor Solenoid ...

Page 467: ...I FM I2 49F I CF 11 BK WH RD Y GN LM 1 2 9 8 7 BK WH RD WH OR WH WH OR CnN CnV LED1 LED2 SW 6 BK WH X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 7 X 2 3 X 1 GR 13 PC FM I1 Capacitor for FM I Capacitor for FM O Crankcase heater Compressor motor Connector Fuse Fan motor Indoor unit Fan motor Outdoor unit Indication lamp Green Run Indication lamp Yellow Check Indication lamp Green Indication lamp Red Louver motor Solenoid ...

Page 468: ...D Y GN LM 1 2 9 8 7 BK WH RD WH OR WH WH OR CnN CnV LED1 LED2 SW 6 BK WH X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 7 X 2 3 X 1 GR 13 PC Capacitor for FM I Capacitor for FM O Crankcase heater Compressor motor Connector Fuse Fan motor Indoor unit Fan motor Outdoor unit Indication lamp Green Run Indication lamp Yellow Check Indication lamp Green Indication lamp Red Louver motor Solenoid coil for control Back up switch O...

Page 469: ... heating same as the unit for FDT N heat pump type See page 317 11 5 APPLICATION DATA The application data for the cooling only models are similar to those for the heat pump models See page 435 11 6 MAINTENANCE DATA Same as the cooling heating equipment for FDT N heat pump type Refer to page 348 ...

Page 470: ...468 FDEN C MEMO ...

Page 471: ...12 WALL MOUNTED TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type Refrigerant R22 use models FDKN208HEN S1 258HEN S1 Alternative refrigerant R407C use models FDKNP208HEN S 258HEN S 308HEN S 308HES S FDKN H ...

Page 472: ...imitations 478 12 2 3 Exterior dimensions 479 12 2 4 Exterior appearance 485 12 2 5 Piping system 486 12 2 6 Selection chart 488 12 2 7 Noise level 490 12 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 491 12 3 1 Electrical wiring 491 12 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 497 12 5 APPLICATION DATA 497 12 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 498 12 5 2 Installation of outdoor unit 501 12 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 501 ...

Page 473: ...eath is enough for conducting the wiring work between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 All air supply ports have auto swing louvers The indoor fan motor has two speeds of high and low 5 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 6 Aero trap louver a Pleasantness will be enh...

Page 474: ...Long life filter 2 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Abnor...

Page 475: ...ntake Unavailable Air filter Q ty Long life filter 2 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor...

Page 476: ...e filter 2 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation data mm Liquid line φ6 35 1 4 Gas ...

Page 477: ...filter Q ty Long life filter 2 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation data mm Liquid...

Page 478: ...e Air filter Q ty Long life filter 3 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation data mm ...

Page 479: ...Air filter Q ty Long life filter 3 washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Installation data mm Li...

Page 480: ...ne way length Max 30 m Max 50 m Vertical height difference between Max 20 m Outdoor unit is higher Max 30 m Outdoor unit is higher outdoor unit and indoor unit Max 15 m Outdoor unit is lower Max 15 m Outdoor unit is lower Power source voltage Rating 10 Voltage at starting Min 85 of rating Frequency of ON OFF cycle Max 10 times h ON and OFF interval Min 3 minutes 12 2 2 Renge of usage limitations ...

Page 481: ...5 Indoor unit Mounting plate 15 760 15 170 450 170 50 50 50 50 46 9 61 187 5 261 5 36 Hole on wall for rear connection φ65 67 Drain hose VP16 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Liquid piping 82 4 5 390 440 φ6 35 1 4 784 68 26 40 790 275 Remote controller signal receives 179 3 56 Outlet for piping On both side 49 Lower piping outlet Refer to the top view 9 Outer for electric wiring A Unit mm Mounting plate ...

Page 482: ...h side Lower piping outlet Refer to the top view Space for installation and service 120 or more 90 or more 120 or more VIEW A Rear side Indoor unit Mounting plate 55 832 53 245 450 245 50 50 50 50 60 55 9 209 283 37 Hole on wall for rear connecting φ65 72 Drain hose VP16 Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 463 518 600 65 Hole on wall for rear connection φ65 7 ...

Page 483: ...te controller signal receives Outlet for piping On both side Outlet for electric wiring Mounting plate Refer to the top view 50 220 54 1155 298 1145 196 9 55 3 51 120 or more 120 or more 90 or more Space for installation and service 45 450 245 465 65 72 9 282 5 6 5 4 5 5 15 Long hole Drain hose VP16 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 8 12 18 Long hole 50 50 Hole on wall for rear connecting ø65 A VIEW A Rear ...

Page 484: ...482 FDKN H MODE TEMP ON OFF AUTO COOL DRY FAN HEAT FILTER C AM PM ON AM PM OFF FAN HI LO 2 Wireless remote controller 60 20 5 161 5 3 Indication board of indoor unit Unit mm ...

Page 485: ...s FDC208HEN3A FDCP208HEN3A Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to 15 mm and under 3 When strong wind blows against the unit direct the discharge port at a right angle to the wind direction 4 Secure the space of 1 m and over at the top of unit 5 Make the height of obstr...

Page 486: ...58HEN3A FDCP258HEN3A 308HEN3 308HES3 Required space for maintenance and air flow Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 5 Open L3 100 150 100 L4 5 5 5 Installation type Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to 15 mm and under ...

Page 487: ... 1 Indoor unit Models All models Ivory white Air inlet grill Ivory white Front panel Ivory white Louver Ivory white Base 2 Outdoor unit Models FDC208HEN3A FDCP208HEN3A Polar white Polar white Models FDC258HEN3A FDCP258HEN3A 308HEN3 308HES3 ...

Page 488: ...pressor Indoor unit High pressure switch 63H1 Models FDKNP308HEN S 308HES S Service valve Flare connecting Service valve Flare connecting Gas line ø15 88 Strainer Thermistor ThO D Strainer Capillary tube Check valve Capillary tube Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThO R Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThI A Thermistor ThI R Heat exchanger Heat exchanger Sub cooling coil Flare connecting Liquid line 208 ø6 ...

Page 489: ...temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchanger temp Thermistor for frost prevention High pressure switch for controlling FMo ThI R ThO D ThO R Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit 63H2 OFF 68 C ON 61 C OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C OFF 135 C ON 90 C OFF 70 C ON 60 C OFF 2 5MPa 25 5kgf cm2 ON 2 06MPa 21kgf cm2 High pressure switch for protection Outdoor unit 63H1 OFF 3 24MPa 33kgf cm2 ON 2 65MPa 27...

Page 490: ...N208HEN S1 258HENS 1 FDKNP208HEN S 258HEN S Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air W B temperature CW B Models FDKN308HEN S 308HES S Outdoor air W B temperature CW B Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B te...

Page 491: ...9 0 98 0 97 0 96 0 95 0 94 0 93 0 92 0 91 0 9 Cooling Item Air flow Hi 0 03 0 03 0 04 FDKN P 208 type FDKN P 258 type FDKNP308 type 2 Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to air flow rate control fan speed Coefficient 1 00 at High 0 95 at Low Table of bypass factor Model Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference 5m 10m 15m 20m 25...

Page 492: ...it Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below Model FDKN208H Noise level 45dB A at HIGH 38dB A at LOW Outdoor unit Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position at highest noise level in position as below Distance from front side 1 m Height 1 m Model FDKN258H Noise level 45dB A at HIGH 38dB A at LOW Model FDKN308H Noise level 46dB A at HIGH 40dB A at LOW 2 Outdoor unit Model FDC208HEN3A Nois...

Page 493: ...5 X 03 X 06 1 2 2 N 3 3 4 4 5 5 F 3 15A OR WH OR WH OR OR WH BR BL BK WH WH RD BL Y GN WH RD RD BK WH WH CT1 R S C 52C Cc RD WH RD BK WH N TB SV 1 52C 20S NR FM O1 49FO1 CM Val BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 TrI 220 240V 14V 16V Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit 1 L 12 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 12 3 1 Electrical wiring Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF O Capacitor f...

Page 494: ...1 220 240V 7 PC PC CnR CnM 1 CH X 04 X 07 X 02 X 05 X 03 X 06 1 2 2 N 3 3 4 4 5 5 F 3 15A OR WH OR WH OR OR WH BR BL BK WH WH RD BL Y GN WH RD RD BK WH WH CT1 R S C 52C Cc RD WH RD BK WH N TB SV 1 52C 20S FM O1 49FO1 CM Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit BK BK NR 1 L Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Tho A Thermistor CH Crankcase h...

Page 495: ...BR BR 63H 1 8 9 1 2 2 N 3 3 4 4 5 5 F 3 15A OR WH OR WH OR OR WH BR BL BK WH WH RD BL Y GN WH RD RD BK WH WH CT1 R S C 52C Cc RD WH RD BK WH N TB SV 1 52C 20S FM O1 49FO1 CM Val BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 TrI 220 240V 14V 16V Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit BK BK NR L 1 Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Tho A Thermistor CH Crankcas...

Page 496: ...BK BK NR L 1 Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange PK Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Tho A Thermistor CH Crankcase heater Tho D T...

Page 497: ... Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange PK Pink RD Red WH White Y Yellow Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I R Thermistor CF O Capacitor for FM O Tho A Thermistor CH Crankcase h...

Page 498: ... L 1 Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for FM I Th I R Thermistor CF O1 Capacitor for FM O Tho A Thermistor CH Crankcase he...

Page 499: ...t injury can result from a falling of the unit Execute the prescribed installation construction to prepare for earthquakes and the strong winds of typhoons and hurricanes etc Improper installations can result in accidents due to a violent falling over of the unit For electrical work please see that a licensed electrician executes the work while following the safety standards related to electrical ...

Page 500: ...ose installation of multiple units Plan view 3 m 5 m 7 5 m 720 lux 360 lux 180 lux 60 Plan view 5 m 5 m 60 60 Condition Illumination at suction grill face 800 lux A Effective scope Effective scope 12 5 1 Installation of indoor unit NOTICE All Wiring of this installation must comply with NATIONAL STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS These instructions do not cover all variations for every kind of installati...

Page 501: ...tion Right Rear Down Left rear Left Find structural members Intermediate pillar etc suitable for mounting the unit then install the unit firmly while checking levelness A Adjust the level of mounting plate under the condi tion that four screws are tightened temporarily Turn the mounting plate around the reference hole to adjust the levelness Install the unit where it can bear the weight with suffi...

Page 502: ...ng the flared nut at the piping end of unit always use 2 of spanners and when connecting the pipe tighten it firmly using 2 of spanners d When connecting the flared nut apply refrigerating machine oil on the back surface of flare and screw in the nut for the first 3 to 4 turns by hand e Use the pipe made of the following material It is very convenient to use the separately sold piping kit Material...

Page 503: ...ng the upper portion up e Attaching order of the panel 1 Lay the front panel on the main body 2 Push the O portion shown in the illustration from front side 3 Tighten the fixing screw of front panel 4 Open the return air grill to tighten the cap screw 258 308 only 5 Set the air filter 6 Close the return air grill Push in these portions Fixing screw Fixing screw By switching the dip switch SW3 3 on...

Page 504: ...502 FDKN H MEMO ...

Page 505: ...503 FDKN C 13 WALL MOUNTED TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air cooled cooling only type Alternative refrigerant R407C use models FDKNP208CEN S 258CEN S 308CEN S 308CES S 503 FDKN C ...

Page 506: ...cifications 506 13 2 2 Range of usage limitations 510 13 2 3 Exterior dimensions 511 13 2 4 Exterior appearance 517 13 2 5 Piping system 518 13 2 6 Selection chart 520 13 2 7 Noise level 522 13 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 523 13 3 1 Electrical wiring 523 13 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 526 13 5 APPLICATION DATA 526 13 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 526 ...

Page 507: ...has two speeds of high and low 6 The controls are wireless residential split air conditioner type remote controller with 4 malfunction modes 7 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 8 Aero trap louver a Pleasantness will be enhanced with the employment of aero trap louver It has an excellent wind orientation and a homoge neous ...

Page 508: ...bber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for protection Installation da...

Page 509: ...for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment 4 Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for protecti...

Page 510: ...ve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for protect...

Page 511: ...ve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Operation switch Wireless remote control switch Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fan motor Frost protection thermostat Thermistor for discharge temperature High pressure switch for protect...

Page 512: ... line one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage Voltage at starting Frequency of ON OFF cycle ON and OFF interval Refer to the selection chart Max 30m Max 50m Max 10 times h Max 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 20m Outdoor unit is higher Max 30m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower ...

Page 513: ...n both side 49 9 Lower piping outlet Refer to the top view Indoor unit Mounting plate 15 760 15 170 450 170 50 50 50 50 46 9 61 187 5 261 5 36 Hole on wall for rear connection φ65 67 Drain hose VP16 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Liquid piping 82 Hole on wall for rear connection φ65 4 5 390 440 600 VIEW A Rear side φ6 35 1 4 Space for installation and service 120 or more 65 or more 120 or more Unit mm ...

Page 514: ...Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 Gas piping 463 518 600 65 Hole on wall for rear connection φ65 VIEW A Rear side 930 75 45 51 940 298 Remote controller signal receives 196 3 Mounting plate 55 Outer for electric wiring 51 9 Outlet for piping On both side Lower piping outlet Refer to the top view 7 φ15 88 5 8 Space for installation and service 120 or more 90 or more 120 or more A ...

Page 515: ...te controller signal receives Outlet for piping On both side Outlet for electric wiring Mounting plate Refer to the top view 50 220 54 1155 298 1145 196 9 55 3 51 120 or more 120 or more 90 or more Space for installation and service 45 450 245 465 65 72 9 282 5 6 5 4 5 5 15 Long hole Drain hose VP16 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 8 12 18 Long hole 50 50 Hole on wall for rear connecting ø65 A VIEW A Rear ...

Page 516: ...514 FDKN C MODE TEMP ON OFF COOL DRY FAN FILTER C AM PM ON AM PM OFF FAN HI LO 60 20 5 161 5 2 Wireless remote controller Unit mm 3 Indication board of indoor unit ...

Page 517: ...ic wiring 150 70 50 15 50 40 Required space for maintenance and air flow L2 L3 Air inlet Air inlet L4 Maintenance space L1 Air outlet 4 Outdoor unit Model FDCP208CEN3 Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to 15 mm and under 3 When strong wind blows against the unit direc...

Page 518: ...he top of unit 5 Make the height of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Flare connecting 40 53 95 40 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Terminal block Opening for electric wiring Opening for electric wiring Holes for anchor bolt M10 4 pcs Holes for drain ø...

Page 519: ...or appearance 1 Indoor unit Ivory white Air inlet grill Ivory white Front panel Ivory white Louver Ivory white Base 2 Outdoor unit Model FDCP208CEN3 Polar white Polar white Models FDCP258CEN3 308CEN3 308CES3 Models All models ...

Page 520: ...changer High pressure switch 63H1 Tho D Caillary tabe Thermistat Tho R Thermistat Tho A Thermistat Tho A Thermistor Tho R Thermistor Solenoid valve SV Heat exchanger Check joint Capillary tube Service valve Strainer Flare connecting Capillary tube Tho D Thermistor ThI A Thermistor Heat exchanger ThI R Thermistor Liquid line ø9 52 Gas line ø15 88 Indoor unit Otutdoor unit Check joint High pressure ...

Page 521: ...ing heat exchanger temp High pressure switch for protection Preset point of the protective devices Parts name Mark Equipped unit ThI R Tho D Tho R 63HI Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit All models OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C OFF 135 C ON 90 C OFF 70 C ON 60 C OFF 3 24MPa 33 Kgf cm2 ON 2 65MPa 27 kgf cm2 ...

Page 522: ... 1 Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperatures Models FDKNP208CEN S 258CEN S Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperature CD B Applicable range Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperatures ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air W B ...

Page 523: ...he outdoor unit is located at a lower height than the indoor unit in cooling operation the following values should be subtracted from the values in the above table Piping length limitations How to obtain the cooling capacity Example The net cooling capacity of the model FDKNP308CEN S with the air flow High the piping length of 15m the outdoor unit located 5m lower than the indoor unit indoor wet b...

Page 524: ...level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Indoor unit Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below Outdoor unit Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position at highest noise level in position as below Distance from front side 1 m Height 1 m Model FDKN208C Noise level 45dB A at HIGH 38dB A at LOW Model FDKN258C Noise level 45dB A at HIGH 38dB A at LOW Model FDKN308C Noise level 46dB A at HIGH 40dB A at LO...

Page 525: ...Blue Brown Gray Orange Pink Red White Yellow BK BL BR GR OR P RD WH Y Mark Color Black Red Black White Orange White Red White Yellow Green BK RD BK WH OR WH RD WH Y GN Mark Color Meaning of marks Color mark Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit TB Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 1 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 8 14V BK RD BL BL P P BR BR 26 21 20 19 18 13 12 2 3 1 4 2 Printe...

Page 526: ...Mark Parts name Mark Parts name Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Pink Red White Yellow BK BL BR GR OR P RD WH Y Mark Color Black Red Black White Orange White Red White Yellow Green BK RD BK WH OR WH RD WH Y GN Mark Color Meaning of marks Color mark Models FDKNP258CEN S 308CEN S Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit TB TB Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 1 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK ...

Page 527: ...1 06 Mark Parts name Mark Parts name Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Pink Red White Yellow BK BL BR GR OR P RD WH Y Mark Color Black Red Black White Orange White Red White Yellow Green BK RD BK WH OR WH RD WH Y GN Mark Color Meaning of marks Color mark Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit TB RD WH BK WH BK RD Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 1 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 8 14...

Page 528: ... heating same as the unit for FDT N heat pump type See page 317 13 5 APPLICATION DATA The application data for the cooling only models are similar to those for the heat pump models See page 497 13 6 MAINTENANCE DATA Same as the cooling heating equipment for FDT N heat pump type Refer to page 348 ...

Page 529: ...27 FDR H FDR H 527 14 CEILING RECESSED TYPE CASSETTERIA MODELS Split system Air to air heat pump type FDR208HEN SA 258HEN SA 308HEN SA 308HES SA 408HES SA 508HES SA FDR308HEN A 308HES A 408HES A 508HES A ...

Page 530: ...s 541 14 2 4 Exterior appearance 553 14 2 5 Piping system 554 14 2 6 Selection chart 557 14 2 7 Characteristic of fan 559 14 2 8 Noise level 561 14 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 563 14 3 1 Electrical wiring 563 14 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 570 14 5 APPLICATION DATA 570 14 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 571 14 5 2 Installation of remote controller 577 14 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit ...

Page 531: ...etween the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 Quiet sound design a Noise reducing effect has been improved significantly with the employment of large silent steam fans which are free from the wind swishing sound and the special designing of noise shielding and acoustic suction panel b Ideal adaptation to the need for quiet sound at conference ro...

Page 532: ...an motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fanmotor Frost protection thermostat Abnormal discharge temperature protection Installation data mm L...

Page 533: ...ctric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fanmotor Frost protection thermostat Abnormal discharge temperature protection Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ15 88 5 8...

Page 534: ...Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fanmotor Frost protection thermostat Abnormal discharge temperature protection Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ15 88 ...

Page 535: ...ectric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fanmotor Frost protection thermostat Abnormal discharge temperature protection Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ15 88 5 ...

Page 536: ...Electric heater W 70 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fanmotor Frost protection thermostat Abnormal discharge temperature protection Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ19 05 ...

Page 537: ...or Electric heater W 70 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Internal thermostat for fanmotor Frost protection thermostat Abnormal discharge temperature protection Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ19 ...

Page 538: ...0 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ15 88 5 8 Refrigerant piping size in Connecting method Flare piping Drain hose Connectable with VP25 Insulation for piping Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Accesso...

Page 539: ...Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ15 88 5 8 Refrigerant piping size in Connecting method Flare piping Drain hose Connectable with VP25 Insulation for piping Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Accessori...

Page 540: ...40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ19 05 3 4 Refrigerant piping size in Connecting method Flare piping Drain hose Connectable with VP25 Insulation for piping Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Access...

Page 541: ... 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ19 05 3 4 Refrigerant piping size in Connecting method Flare piping Drain hose Connectable with VP25 Insulation for piping Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Acces...

Page 542: ... minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 15m Models Item Models Item Indoor return air temperature Upper lower limits Outdoor air temperature Upper lower limits Indoor unit atmosphere behind ceiling temperature and humidity Refrigerant line one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage Voltage at starting Frequency of ON OFF cycle ON and OFF int...

Page 543: ...25 650 250 102 480 80 635 510 465 405 245 φ200 232 Max Drainup MIN 320 355 369 40 460 185 320 750 213 163 81 Drain Natural drainage Hole for humidifier piping VP20 Suspension bolts M10 4pcs Hole of wiring I D φ35 C A B VIEW B VIEW A Space for installation and service 4 φ 4 0 φ170 205 213 φ149 Holes of tapping screws 90 φ170 150 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out hole Exhaust air opening for d...

Page 544: ...5 Fresh air opening Knock out hole 80 φ170 φ170 φ149 Holes of tapping screws 4 φ4 0 205 213 90 Exhaust air opening for ducting 150 774 45 864 45 45 75 345 585 75 45 Air inlet Air inlet Fresh air opening for ducting 1000 or more 100 or more 100 or more 50 or more Obstacle Knock out hole Knock out hole C 635 Hole for humidifier piping I D φ14 295 325 250 Hole of wiring I D φ35 460 260 40 405 465 480...

Page 545: ...ion bolts M10 4pcs φ200 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Max Drain up 295 325 80 81 102 163 213 355 369 Hole of wiring I D φ35 460 250 40 405 465 480 510 635 Drain Natural drainage VP20 Hole for humidifier piping I D φ14 VIEW A VIEW B Space for installation and service 45 Holes of tapping screws 4 φ4 0 150 φ170 φ170 φ149 90 Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out hole Fresh air opening for ducting Knock ou...

Page 546: ... out hole Knock out hole B 90 600 Max Drain up 130 45 90 70 M10 4pcs Suspension bolts Panel center Control box Air outlet duct Drain Natural drainage C A Hole of wiring 4 φ4 0 Holes of tapping screws φ149 φ170 φ170 I D φ35 φ200 1064 974 45 45 45 45 75 75 345 585 Air inlet Air inlet Drain Connectable with VP25 Hole for humidifier piping I D φ14 545 Suspension bolts pitch Canvas Panel Model R PNLC 3...

Page 547: ...5 Hole for humidifier piping 1406 Suspension bolts pictch Suspension bolts pictch Max Drain up 545 MIN276 MIN320 103 81 213 163 650 40 406 420 270 275 45 70 150 45 75 Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs Drain Natural drainage Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out hole Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out hole VP20 ø149 90 ø170 45 1570 45 ø170 ø200 Panel center Control box I D ø35 I D ø14 Hole of wir...

Page 548: ...06 Suspension bolts pictch 545 Suspension bolts pictch Max Drain up 600 86 200 250 325 350 40 310 45 352 193 45 70 90 150 Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs Drain Natural drainage Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out hole Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out hole VP20 ø149 90 ø170 45 45 1394 ø170 ø200 Panel center Control box I D ø35 I D ø14 Hole of wiring 4 ø4 0 150 345 75 45 75 45 525 Ceiling ho...

Page 549: ...ver use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left when installing the cover Notes 1 Allowable length of remote controller cable 600 m 0 3mm2 3cores O D φ5 6 LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased 89 83 5 17 120 Remote controller outline ...

Page 550: ... 50 10 195 351 311 195 690 95 A Unit mm 3 Outdoor unit Model FDC208HEN3A Unit mm Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 5 Open L3 100 150 100 L4 5 5 5 Installation type Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to 15 mm and under 3 When s...

Page 551: ...ls FDC258HEN3A 308HEN3 308HES3 Required space for maintenance and air flow Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 5 Open L3 100 150 100 L4 5 5 5 Installation type Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to 15 mm and under 3 When...

Page 552: ... Terminal block 1250 1050 A Models FDC408HES3 508HES3 Required space for maintenance and air flow Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 5 Open L3 150 300 150 L4 5 5 5 Installation type Notes 1 Avoid the location where four sides are entirely surrounded by walls 2 Fix the unit by anchor bolts without fail Restrict the protrusion length of anchor bolt to...

Page 553: ...rected to the air outlet 3 Free space over the unit must be larger than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Models FDC306HEN3 306HES3 Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm Anchor bolts M10 4 pcs 580 380 ...

Page 554: ...er than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Models FDC406HES3 506HES3 Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 0 Open L3 150 300 150 Installation type Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm 580 380 ...

Page 555: ...ls 2 Outdoor unit Model FDC208HEN3A Models FDC258HEN3A 308HEN3 308HES3 Polar white Polar white Models FDC306HEN3 306HES3 Polar white Polar white Models FDC408HEN3 508HES3 Polar white Models FDC406HES3 506HES3 Ceramic White Ceramic White Silent panel type Canvas duct panel type ...

Page 556: ...er Solenoid valve SV1 Accumulator Compressor Models FDR308HEN SA 308HES SA 408HES SA Service valve Flare connecting Service valve Flare connecting Gas line ø15 88 Strainer Thermistor ThO D Strainer Capillary tube Check valve Capillary tube Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThO R Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThI A Thermistor ThI R Heat exchanger Heat exchanger Sub cooling coil Flare connecting Liquid lin...

Page 557: ...ng cycle Heating cycle 4way valve Compressor Accumulators Check valve Check joint Check joint Check joint Oil separator Sub cooling coil Model FDR508HES SA Indoor unit Outdoor unit Models FDR308HEN A 308HES A Cooling cycle Heating cycle Thermistor ThI A Heat exchanger Liquid line ø9 52 Strainer Strainer Compressor Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThI R Service valve Flare connecting Capillary tube Cap...

Page 558: ...protective devices Parts name Mark Thermistor for protection over loading in heating Thermistor for frost prevention Thermistor for detecting dis charge pipe temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchange temp High pressure switch for controlling FM0 OFF 68 C ON 61 C ThI R Tho D Tho R 63H2 FDR208 508 FDC208 508 type OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C OFF 135 C ON 90 C OFF 70 C ON 60 C OFF 2 5MPa 25 5 Kgf cm2 ON 2 06M...

Page 559: ... a Only case of ISO T1 models Only case of FDC308 508 type Outdoor air W B temperature CW B Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Indoo...

Page 560: ...ength 0 15 Number of bends in piping Equivalent piping length Limitation length of piping 5m Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference 5m 10m 15m 20m 25m 30m Adjustment coefficient 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 Piping length limitations Item Model FDR208 258 type FDR308 508 type FDR308 508 type Max one way piping length 30m 50m 30m Max vertical he...

Page 561: ...ucts are removed and replaced with special square duct flanges option 4 When operating at a high speed invert the connection of white and red connectors on the flank of control box Standard 3 spot blower internal resistance Internal resistance without suction panel Internal resistance without filter Square duct blower internal resistance 2 spots blower internal resistance H i g h S t a n d a r d L...

Page 562: ...lower internal resistance 4 spot blower internal resistance Standard 3 spot blower internal resistance H i g h s p e e d H i g h High speed Upper limit High speed Lower limit H i g h s p e e d L o w Standard Upper limit S t a n d a r d L o w Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit Air flow m3 min 24 20 2 0 0 20 2 40 4 60 6 80 8 100 10 120 12 30 26 34 38 Internal resistance without suction ...

Page 563: ...50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Model FDR408 A Noise level 45 dB A at HIGH 38 dB A at LOW Model FDR508 A Noise level 46 dB A at HIGH 39 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard...

Page 564: ... Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Souud pressure level standard 0 0002µbar Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Models FDC308HEN3 308HES3 Noise level 52 dB A Model FDR408 A Noise level 46 dB A at HIGH 39 dB A at LOW Model FDR508 A Noise level 47 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70...

Page 565: ... 01 08 Auxiliary relay 63H 2 High pressure switch for control v Terminal F Connector LED G Indication lamp Green LED R Indication lamp Red Models FDR208HEN SA 258HEN SA Indoor unit Outdoor unit Thc Remote controller RD WH BK Y Z X TB RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 2 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 6 14V 27 BL WH BK RD BR WH BL BL P P...

Page 566: ...L BR PC 10 14 X 6 12V 220 240V CnB RD WH BK Y Z X TB SW1 NR BK BK TB 1 L TB Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM CF I Capacitor for FM I CFo Capacitor for FM O CH Crankcase heater CM Compressor motor CnA W Connector mark CT 1 Current sensor F Fuse FM I Fan motor Indoor unit FMo Fan motor Outdoor unit DM Drain motor FS Float switch NR Surge suppres...

Page 567: ...BR PC 10 14 X 6 12V 220 240V CnB RD WH BK Y Z X TB NR BK BK SW1 L 1 TB 1 Model FDR308HES SA Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor for...

Page 568: ...e switch for control v Terminal F Connector Indoor unit Outdoor unit Thc Remote controller RD WH BK Y Z X TB RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 2 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 6 14V 27 BL WH BK RD BR WH BL BL BL BL P P BR BR BK BK 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 2 1 1 3 2 4 5 6 Printed circuit board 3 H L UH A1 CF 01 A2 28 X 05 X 0...

Page 569: ... for FMo 52Xo Relay for fan control X1 7 Auxiliary relay 63H 2 High pressure switch for control v Terminal F Connector Indoor unit Outdoor unit Thc Remote controller RD WH BK Y Z X L N CM FM 0 49F 0 52C TB RD WH WH WH WH RD RD BL BK BK 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH CC RD BK R S C Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM CF O CnP CnM CnP BK BK WH RD F 3 15A RD RD TB WH BK WH Y GN A B 1 2 3 52C CH 52C 52X O 6 4 7 8 7 8 BK BL C...

Page 570: ...sor PC Photo coupler SW1 Switch Address set SW3 Changeover switch TB Terminal block mark Thc Thermistor Indoor unit Outdoor unit Thc Remote controller RD WH BK Y Z X L 1 L 2 CM FM O 49F O 52C TB RD WH WH WH RD BL BL BK 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH BK Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM CF O CnM F 3 15A RD TB WH BK BK Y GN A B 1 2 3 52C NR RD Y GN Y GN WH WH N L 3 BL WH CnM 49C T1 T2 T3 CnP CnP BK BK 52C CH WH BK 63H 2 ...

Page 571: ...RD RD BK BK BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 CnQ Tr I Test XR1 XR2 XR3 XR4 XR5 Option SW3 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 PC Printed circuit board FS X 6 4 5 BL BR PC 10 14 X 6 12V 220 240V CnB RD WH BK Y Z X TB SW1 Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange RD Red WH White Mark Color BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow G...

Page 572: ...y can result from a falling of the unit Execute the prescribed installation construction to prepare for earthquakes and the strong winds of typhoons and hurricanes etc Improper installations can result in accidents due to a violent falling over of the unit For electrical work please see that a licensed electrician executes the work while following the safety standards related to electrical equipme...

Page 573: ...laces where corrosive gas such as sulfurous acid gas or inflammable gas thinner gasoline etc in generated or remains Installation and use at such places cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthetic resin parts c Places adjacent to equipment generating electromagnetic waves or high frequency waves such as in hospitals Generated noise may cause malfunctioning of the controlle...

Page 574: ... FDR258 308 1406 1600 1660 FDR408 508 A Hanging bolt position 137 57 B Ceiling hole size 30 C Panel dimension 545 Hanging bolt position 70 75 690 Ceiling hole size 30 750 Panel dimension Ceiling panel wrap dimensions Pipe con nection side Ceiling panel wrap dimensions c Hanger bolts installation Use care of the piping direction when the unit is installed Combination with canvas panel Dimentions Un...

Page 575: ...main unit and ceiling holes does not match it can be adjusted with the slot holes of hanging bracket Tap selection on blower unit When the high performance filter is used Taps of blower unit are set at the standard selection at the shipping from factory Where the static pressure is raised by employing such option as the high performance filter etc change the connection of connectors pro vided at t...

Page 576: ...Conduct a drainage test after completion of the electrical work 2 During the trial make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water leaks from connections 3 In case of a new building conduct the test before it is furnished with the ceiling 4 Be sure to conduct this test even when the unit is installed in the heating season 1 Supply about 1000cc of water to the unit through ...

Page 577: ...t and the blowout duct flange Conduct the duct installation work before finishing the ceiling 8 Connection of suction exhaust ducts a Duct connecting position i Fresh air inlet Inlet can be selected from the side or rear faces depending on the working conditions Use the rear fresh air inlet when the simultaneous intake and exhaust is conducted Side inlet cannot be used ii Exhaust Make sure to use ...

Page 578: ... Round head set screw M5 35 4 pcs Securing the panel b Install the panel outer frame on the main unit Steps of installation 1 Secure the panel tentatively with 2 of 4 panel set screws panel accessory as shown above 2 When the panel is supported with a pair of set screws slide it in the arrow direction Note Panel outer frame has the orientation 3 Lock the former 2 and remaining 2 set screws 4 Insta...

Page 579: ...in position Note 1 If the ceiling material is attached the ornament plate is not used 14 5 2 Installation of remote controller Same as the cooling heating equipment for FDT N heat pump type Refer to page 337 14 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit Same as the cooling heating equipment for FDT N heat pump type Refer to page 338 14 6 MAINTENANCE DATA Same as the cooling heating equipment for FDT N heat ...

Page 580: ...578 FDR H MEMO ...

Page 581: ...H 579 15 HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type FDU308HEN SA 308HES SA 408HES SA 508HES SA 808HES SA 1008HES SA FDU308HEN A 308HES A 408HES A 508HES A 508HEM A ...

Page 582: ...s 594 15 2 4 Exterior appearance 603 15 2 5 Piping system 604 15 2 6 Selection chart 607 15 2 7 Characteristics of fan 610 15 2 8 Noise level 613 15 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 615 15 3 1 Electrical wiring 615 15 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 623 15 5 APPLICATION DATA 623 15 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 624 15 5 2 Installation of remote controller 626 15 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit...

Page 583: ... need to separate the power line from the signal line One cab tyre cable with 6 wires encased in one sheath is enough for conducting the wiring work between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 All models have control valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 5 Operation noise has been drastically re...

Page 584: ...arting Air flow Standard CMM 20 58 Available static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control The...

Page 585: ...e centrifugal fan 2 Propeller fan 1 Motor W 130 1 55 1 Starting method Line starting Line starting Air flow Standard CMM 20 58 Available static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 33 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote co...

Page 586: ...e Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat...

Page 587: ...sure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermos...

Page 588: ...c pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 70 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal t...

Page 589: ...atic pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 70 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Interna...

Page 590: ...able static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment ...

Page 591: ...Available static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equip...

Page 592: ...110 Available static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety e...

Page 593: ...00 110 Available static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safet...

Page 594: ...ailable static pressure Pa Standard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipme...

Page 595: ...ess Refer to the selection chart Max 30m Max 10 times h Max 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 15m Models FDU308 508 FDC306 506 type Item Item Models FDU308 1008 FDC308 1008 type Indoor return air temperature Upper lower limits Outdoor air temperature Upper lower limits Indoor unit atmosphere behind ceiling temperature and humidity Refrigerant line one way length Vertical height difference b...

Page 596: ...mension Supply air 110 113 13 45 110 206 Slab Ceiling 300 or more 200 or more 206 184 600 Duct for dimension 113 400 13 200 Holes for screws M5 12 pcs Return air duct 200 35 35 80 510 170 185 530 106 Low of suspension lug Low Upper 25 25 100 or more 900 or more 100 or more 400 or more Piping space Intake Intake Blowout Blowout Service space 60 900 35 35 100 Inspection hole Installation space Insta...

Page 597: ...00 1100 Duct for dimension Supply air 175 238 13 45 175 270 Slab Ceiling 300 or more 200 or more 270 184 850 Duct for dimension 238 2 200 400 13 200 Holes for screws M5 16 pcs Return air duct 200 50 50 80 510 25 170 185 530 106 Low of suspension lug Low Upper 25 100 or more 900 or more 100 or more 400 or more Piping space Intake Intake Blowout Blowout Service space 60 900 35 35 100 Inspection hole...

Page 598: ...for dimension 25 100 360 310 30 80 18 18 13 13 163 163 6 200 1200 1500 Duct for dimension Supply air 138 13 45 200 60 138 13 60 Slab Ceiling or more 300 or more 200 1450 Duct for dimension 6 200 1200 Holes for screw M5 20 pcs Return air duct 200 35 35 80 510 25 170 185 530 106 Low of suspension leg Low Upper 25 100 or more 900 or more 900 or more 400 or more Piping space 60 900 35 35 100 Inspectio...

Page 599: ...t cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left when installing the cover Notes 1 Allowable length of remote controller cable 600 m 0 3mm2 3cores O D φ5 6 LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased 89 83 5 17 120 Remote controller outl...

Page 600: ...t the top of unit 5 Make the height of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Flare connecting 40 53 95 40 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Terminal block Opening for electric wiring Opening for electric wiring Holes for anchor bolt M10 4 pcs Holes for drai...

Page 601: ...ll in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit VIEW A L2 L3 L4 L1 Air inlet Air inlet Air outlet Maintenance space 50 110 195 555 578 920 10 46 50 48 100 165 580 175 35 15 380 15 15 103 50 50 50 50 110 195 50 70 50 15 50 27 50 15 47 295 237 15 340 35 55 55 150 40 Gas piping ø 19 05 3 4 Flare connecting Liquid piping ø 9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Opening for electric wiring Holes for dra...

Page 602: ...ø50 Opening for exit wiring ø50 ø88 Opening for exit piping ø88 Hole for drain Downward outlet hole for piping and wiring 8 ø20 Hole for drain Opening for exit liquid piping Rear surface Connect of liquid piping Anchor bolts ø50 ø50 Opening for exit wiring Opening for exit gas pipimg ø35 ø65 M10 4pcs 808 ø12 7 1 2 1008 ø15 88 5 8 Connect of gas piping 808 ø12 7 1 2 1008 ø15 58 5 8 Notes 1 Make sur...

Page 603: ...rected to the air outlet 3 Free space over the unit must be larger than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Models FDC306HEN3 306HES3 Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm Anchor bolts M10 4 pcs 580 380 ...

Page 604: ...han 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstructions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Models FDC406HES3 506HES3 506HEM3 Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 0 Open L3 150 300 150 Installation type Required space for maintenance and air flow Unit mm 580 380 ...

Page 605: ...N3 308HES3 Models FDC306HEN3 306HES3 Models FDC406HES3 506HES3 506HEM3 Polar white Polar white Polar white Models FDC408HES3 508HES3 Polar white Models FDC808HES3 1008HES3 Polar white 15 2 4 Exterior appearance 1 Indoor unit Zinc steel plate ...

Page 606: ... Muffler Solenoid valve SV1 Accumulator Compressor Models FDU308HEN SA 308HES SA 408HES SA Model FDU508HES SA Thermistor ThI R Thermistor ThO D Thermistor ThO R Solenoid valve SV2 Solenoid valve SV1 Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThI A Heat exchanger Heat exchanger High pressure switch 63H2 For fan motor control Strainer Strainer Strainer Strainer Capillary tube Capillary tube Capillary tube Capillar...

Page 607: ...r ThO R Only case of FDU1008HES SA Strainer Strainer 808 ø25 4 1008 ø28 58 808 ø12 7 1008 ø15 88 Cooling cycle Heating cycle Models FDU808HES SA 1008HES SA Indoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Outdoor unit Models FDU308HEN A 308HES A Cooling cycle Heating cycle Thermistor ThI A Heat exchanger Liquid line ø9 52 Strainer Strainer Compressor Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThI R Service valve Flare conn...

Page 608: ...g dis charge pipe temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchange temp High pressure switch for controlling FM0 High pressure switch for protection OFF 68 C ON 61 C Equipped unit ThI R Tho D Tho R 63H2 63H1 Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit FDU308 508 FDC308 508 type OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C OFF 135 C ON 90 C OFF 70 C ON 60 C OFF 2 5MPa 25 5 kgf cm2 ON 2 06MPa 21 kgf cm2 Parts n...

Page 609: ...y case of ISO T1 models Only case of FDC308 1008 type Outdoor air W B temperature CW B Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Indoor air...

Page 610: ...n relation to air flow rate control fan speed Coefficient 1 00 at High 0 95 at Low Outdoor air W B temperature CW B Table of bypass factor ISO T1 Standard condition Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Item...

Page 611: ... the outdoor unit is located at a higher height than the indoor unit in heating operation the following values should be subtracted from the values in the above table 50 60Hz Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference 5m 10m 15m 20m 25m 30m Adjustment coefficient 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 Piping length limitations Item Model FDU308 1008 type FD...

Page 612: ...procedure in b point to verify that the condition at Low Tap is not outside the Feasible Operation Airflow Volume Range Notes 1 Circled values in the Special Feature Table indicate Fan Controller Volume Numbers Volume Numbers with no entry are outside the Feasible Operation Airflow Volume Range and therefore operation is not possible 2 The Fan Controller Volume Number is set at No 5 when shipped f...

Page 613: ...7 6 High Low Condition of standard rating Air flow 100 10 Pa mmAq 200 20 150 15 100 10 50 5 0 0 20 25 27 30 Air flow m3 min Outside static pressure Pa mmAq Standard Upper limit Example of duct Example of duct High Low Condition of standard rating Air flow 100 10 Pa mmAq Lower limit 34 8 7 6 5 4 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 200 20 150 15 100 10 50 5 0 0 24 Air flow m3 min Outside static pressure Pa mmAq Stand...

Page 614: ... Low Condition of standard rating Rated air volume 100 10 Pa mmAq Air flow m3 min Standard 8 7 6 5 6 5 4 2 3 4 2 3 8 7 200 20 150 15 100 10 50 5 0 0 51 55 60 65 68 70 75 80 85 87 Example of duct Upper limit Lower limit Static pressure Pa mmAq High Low Condition of standard rating Rated air volume 100 10 Pa mmAq Air flow m3 min Standard 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 2 2 3 3 ...

Page 615: ... dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 25...

Page 616: ...door unit Souud pressure level standard 0 0002µbar Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Model FDC508HES3 Noise leve 55 dB A Model FDC406HES3 Noise level 57 dB A Souud pressure level standard 0 0002µbar Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 ...

Page 617: ... SV 2 SV 1 52C 20S FM O1 49FO1 CM 240V NR BK BK 1 SW1 TB 2 3 4 1 5 L Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capacitor for CM Th I ...

Page 618: ...nF 3 CnF 2 CnF CnF 1 BK 1 2 3 FC FM I 49F I TB 1 2 3 4 5 X 2 4 X 1 3 X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 7 X 5 X 6 Z X Model FDU308HES SA Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CF I Capa...

Page 619: ...lack White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN BK DR DR Tho R 63H 2 CnL LED R LED G Check Run CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 BK Tho D BK Tho A 6 14V 27 BL WH BK RD BR WH BL BL BL BL P P BR BR BK BK 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 2 1 1 3 2 4 5 6 Printed circuit board 3 H L UH A1 CF 01 A2 28 X 05 X 02 X 01 X 0...

Page 620: ...ow Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Indoor unit Outdoor unit TB TB RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN RD OR OR Tho R 63H 2 CnL LED G LED R Normal Check CnE Vao Checker CnA1 Tro CnA2 Y Tho A 6 14V 27 BL WH BK RD BR WH P P GR GR BK BK 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 13 12 2 1 1 3 2 4 5 6 Printed circuit board 3 H L A1 CF 01 A2 28 X 05 X 02 X 01 X 03 X 04 X 07 X 01 240V 7 CnQ Test PC PC CnR CnM 1 CH ...

Page 621: ... Orange RD Red WH White BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Power Source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Indoor unit Outdoor unit Remote controller Thc L N CM FM 0 49F 0 52C 52FL TB RD WH WH WH WH RD RD BL BK BK 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH CC RD BK R S C Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM CF O CnP CnM CnP BK BK WH RD F 3 15A RD RD TB WH BK WH Y GN A B RD WH BK TB 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 11 9 X 3 X 7 CnF ...

Page 622: ...N WH RD WH CnF 3 CnF 3 X 5 WH RD RD WH BL WH RD WH BK BK WH 8 6 52FH X 4 7 5 RD WH RD RD WH BK GR CnI RD 52FL L H OR OR OR OR OR OR CnI 13 Val CnT CnH CnN CnN 2 TB CnH 2 ThI A ThI R BK BK BK BK RD RD BK BK BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 CnQ TrI Test XR1 XR2 XR3 XR4 XR5 Option SW3 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 PC Printed circuit board FS X 6 4 5 BL BR RD WH BK BL BR Y GN PC 10 12 220 240V 12V CnB RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z...

Page 623: ... set SW3 Changeover switch TB Terminal block mark Thc Thermistor Meaning of marks Indoor unit Outdoor unit Remote controller Thc L 1 L 2 CM FM O1 49F O1 52C TB RD WH WH WH RD BL BL BK 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH BK Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM 1 CF OI CnM 1 F 3 15A RD TB WH BK BK Y GN A B 1 2 3 52C NR RD Y GN Y GN WH N L 3 BL WH CnM 1 49C T1 T2 T3 CnP CnP BK BK 52C CH WH 63H 2 5 3 OR 52Xo 1 5 OR WH 1 52F O BK 5...

Page 624: ...erminal F Connector Meaning of marks Power Source 3 Phase 230V 50Hz 220V 60Hz Indoor unit Outdoor unit Remote controller Thc R S CM FM O1 49F O1 52C TB RD WH WH WH RD BL BL BK 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH BK Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM 1 CF OI CnM 1 F 3 15A RD TB WH BK BK Y GN A B 1 2 3 52C NR RD Y GN Y GN BK T BL CnM 1 49C T1 T2 T3 CnP CnP BK BK 52C CH WH 63H 2 5 3 OR 52Xo 1 5 OR WH 1 52F O 52X O 6 4 7 8 7 8 B...

Page 625: ...Its improper installation can also result in heat generation or fire When setting up or moving the location of the air conditioner do not mix air etc or anything other than the desig nated refrigerant R22 within the refrigeration cycle Rupture and injury caused by abnormal high pressure can result from such mixing Always use accessory parts and authorized parts for installation construction Using ...

Page 626: ...ficient drainage gradient is available c Places free from air disturbances to the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit d Places with the environmental dew point temperature is lower than 28 C and the relative humidity is less than 80 When installing at a place under a high humidity environment pay sufficient attention to prevention of dewing such as thermally insulating the unit properly e Do n...

Page 627: ...et should be selected so that air from the outlet will be distributed all over the room and equipped with a device to control air volume 6 Make sure to provide an inspection hole on the ceiling It is indispensable to service electric equipment motor functional components and cleaning of heat exchanger 7 Make sure to insulate the duct to prevent dewing on it Thickness of insulating material is 65 m...

Page 628: ...est When the drain piping work is over inject water to inspect if the piping is ar ranged properly or not Remove the side panel and supply gradually 1 000 cc of water to see if water is drained smoothly or not Check also for water leakage 6 Operating method of fan controller This unit allows to continuously adjust the air volume with the fan controller switch which is built the electric equipment ...

Page 629: ...627 FDU C 16 HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air cooled cooling only type FDU308CEN A 308CES A 408CES A 508CES A 508CEM A 627 FDU C ...

Page 630: ...6 2 2 Range of usage limitations 635 16 2 3 Exterior dimensions 636 16 2 4 Exterior appearance 641 16 2 5 Piping system 642 16 2 6 Selection chart 643 16 2 7 Characteristic of fan 646 16 2 8 Noise level 648 16 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 650 16 3 1 Electrical wiring 650 16 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 654 16 5 APPLICATION DATA 654 16 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 654 ...

Page 631: ...e from the signal line One cab tyre cable with 4 wires encased in one sheath is enough for conducting the wiring work between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 The controls are wired residential split air conditioner type remote controller with 4 malfunction modes 5 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster ...

Page 632: ...ndard 100 10 Max 200 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W Operation control Remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 Gas line φ1...

Page 633: ...0 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W Operation control Remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8...

Page 634: ...00 20 mmAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W Operation control Remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52...

Page 635: ...mAq Fresh air intake Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Installation data mm Liq...

Page 636: ...e Available Air filter Q ty Field purchased Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD C E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan motor Installation data mm Liquid line φ9 52 3 8 ...

Page 637: ...hind ceiling temperature and humidity Refrigerant line one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage Voltage at starting Frequency of ON OFF cycle ON and OFF interval Dew point temperature 28 C or less relative humidity 80 or less Refer to the selection chart Max 30m Max 10 times h Min 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 15m ...

Page 638: ...upply air 110 113 13 45 110 206 Slab Ceiling 300 or more 200 or more 206 184 600 Duct for dimension 113 400 13 200 Holes for screws M5 12 pcs Return air duct 200 35 35 80 510 170 185 530 106 Low of suspension lug Low Upper 25 25 100 or more 900 or more 100 or more 400 or more Piping space Intake Intake Blowout Blowout Service space 60 900 35 35 100 Inspection hole Installation space Installation s...

Page 639: ...ct for dimension Supply air 175 238 13 45 175 270 Slab Ceiling 300 or more 200 or more 270 184 850 Duct for dimension 238 2 200 400 13 200 Holes for screws M5 16 pcs Return air duct 200 50 50 80 510 25 170 185 530 106 Low of suspension lug Low Upper 25 100 or more 900 or more 100 or more 400 or more Piping space Intake Intake Blowout Blowout Service space 60 900 35 35 100 Inspection hole Installat...

Page 640: ...over use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left when installing the cover Note 1 Allowable length of remote controller cable 600 m 0 3mm2 3cores O D φ5 6 LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased 89 83 5 17 120 Remote controller outline ...

Page 641: ...L1 25 950 844 3 Outdoor unit Models FDC306CEN3 306CES3 Unit mm Notes 1 Fix the unit with anchor bolts 2 Strong wind must not be directed to the air outlet 3 Free space over the unit must be larger than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstruc tions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open...

Page 642: ...0 1250 Models FDC406CES3 506CES3 506CEM3 Unit mm Notes 1 Fix the unit with anchor bolts 2 Strong wind must not be directed to the air outlet 3 Free space over the unit must be larger than 1 m 4 The unit should not be surrounded by obstruc tions in all direction At least one direction around the unit must be free Minimum allowable space to the obstacles Unit mm Mark 1 2 3 L1 Open Open 500 L2 300 0 ...

Page 643: ...641 FDU C 16 2 4 Exterior appearance 1 Indoor unit Zinc steel plate 2 Outdoor unit Models FDC306CEN3 306CES3 Models FDC406CES3 506CES3 506CEM3 Polar white Polar white ...

Page 644: ...iquid line ø9 52 ThI A Thermistor ThI R Compressor Capillary tube Service valve Flare connecting High Pressure regulator valve Indoor unit 16 2 5 Piping system Models FDU308CEN A 308CES A 408CES A 508CES A 508CEM A Preset point of protective devices Part name Mark All models ThI R Thermistor for frost prevention Equipped unit Indoor unit OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C Outdoor unit ...

Page 645: ...way Net capacity Capacity shown on specification Correction factors as follows 1 Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperatures a Only case of ISO T1 models Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperature CD B Cooling operation Cooling Applicable range ...

Page 646: ...actor Item Upper limit 0 019 0 096 0 048 0 05 0 103 0 106 Air flow Standard 0 067 0 086 0 032 0 043 0 076 0 094 Lower limit 0 043 0 057 0 017 0 025 0 051 0 064 Model FDU308 type FDU408 type FDU508 type 50 60 Hz Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Coefficient of cooling capacity in relation to temperature CD B Cooling operation ...

Page 647: ...h of piping 5 m 50 60Hz Equivalent piping length 1 m 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 FDU308 type 1 0 0 99 0 98 0 975 0 97 0 965 0 96 0 95 0 95 0 94 0 94 0 925 FDU408 type 1 0 0 995 0 99 0 985 0 98 0 98 0 97 0 97 0 96 0 965 0 95 0 955 0 94 FDU508 type 1 0 0 99 0 985 0 975 0 97 0 965 0 955 0 95 0 94 0 94 0 925 0 925 0 91 Cooling Piping length limitations Model All models Item Max one way piping length 30 m Max ...

Page 648: ...is possible Always follow the procedure in b Point to verify that the condition at Low Tap is not outside the Feasible Operation Airflow Volume Range Notes 1 Circled values in the Special Feature Table indicate Fan Controller Volume Numbers Volume Numbers with no entry are outside the Feasible Operation Airflow Volume Range and therefore operation is not possible 2 The Fan Controller Volume Number...

Page 649: ...r limit Lower limit 35 32 30 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 High Low Condition of standard rating Air flow 100 10 Pa mmAq Model FDU508 A 50Hz Model FDU508 A 60Hz 200 20 150 15 100 10 50 5 0 0 26 30 34 35 40 Air flow m3 min Outside static pressure Pa mmAq Standard Upper limit Example of duct High Low Condition of standard rating Air flow 100 10 Pa mmAq Lower limit 43 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 200 20 150 15 100 ...

Page 650: ...quency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 80...

Page 651: ...ndard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 ...

Page 652: ... A B 1 2 3 NR 49C Y GN Y GN Outdoor Unit CnM 52FL RD WH BK TB 1 2 3 1 11 9 X 3 X 7 CnF 2 WH RD WH CnF 3 CnF 3 X 5 X 2 WH RD RD WH BL WH RD WH BK BK WH 8 6 52FH X 4 7 5 RD WH RD RD WH BK GR CnI RD 52FL L H OR OR OR OR OR OR CnI 4 X 1 3 13 X 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 7 X 5 Val CnT CnH CnN CnN 2 TB CnH 2 ThI A ThI R BK BK BK BK RD RD BK BK BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 CnQ TrI Test XR1 XR2 XR3 XR4 XR5 Option SW3 SW1...

Page 653: ... RD BK BK BK RD BK BR CnW 1 CnW 2 CnQ TrI Test XR1 XR2 XR3 XR4 XR5 Option SW3 ON OFF 1 2 3 4 PC Printed circuit board FS Indoor Unit RD WH BK Y GN 220 240V 12V CnB RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z Z X X NF 1 2 RD RD BK BK 52FH BK CnF 2 CnF 3 CnF 2 CnF CF I BK 1 2 3 FC Remote controller RD WH BK FM 0 49F 0 SW1 Mark Parts name Th I A Thermistor Th I R Thermistor Trl Transformer Val Varistor 49C Internal ther...

Page 654: ... 220 240V 12V CnB RD WH BK RD WH BK Y Y Z Z X X NF 1 2 RD RD BK BK 52FH BK CnF 2 CnF 3 CnF 2 CnF CF I BK 1 2 3 FC Remote controller RD WH BK FM 0 49F 0 SW1 Power Source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz 380V 60Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange RD Red WH White BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name CF I Capacitor ...

Page 655: ... White BL WH Blue White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Power Source 3 Phase 230V 50Hz 220V 60Hz R S CM FM O1 49F O1 52C TB RD WH WH WH RD BL BL 1 3 5 2 4 6 WH WH BK Y GN OR OR OR OR CnM CnM 1 CFo 1 CnM 1 F 3 15A RD TB BK BK Y GN A B 1 2 3 52C RD Y GN WH BK T BL CnM 1 49C T1 T2 T3 Outdoor Unit CnP CnP BK BR 52C CH FM O2 49F O2 BK WH WH BK OR OR OR OR CnM CnM 2 CFo 2 CnM 2 CnM 2 BK RD BK BK BK 52...

Page 656: ...heating same as the unit for FDT N heat pump type See page 317 16 5 APPLICATION DATA The application data for the cooling only models are similar to those for the heat pump models See page 623 16 6 MAINTENANCE DATA Same as the cooling heating equipment for FDT N heat pump type Refer to page 348 ...

Page 657: ...655 FDFL H 17 FLOOR STANDING TYPE CONSOLE TYPE PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type FDFL258HEN SA 308HEN SA 308HES SA 655 FDFL H ...

Page 658: ...imitations 661 17 2 3 Exterior dimensions 662 17 2 4 Exterior appearance 664 17 2 5 Piping system 665 17 2 6 Selection chart 667 17 2 7 Noise level 669 17 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 670 17 3 1 Electrical wiring 670 17 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 673 17 5 APPLICATION DATA 673 17 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 674 17 5 2 Installation of outdoor unit 676 17 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 676 ...

Page 659: ...ith 6 wires encased in one sheath is enough for conducting the wiring work between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit This contributes to simpler wiring work in the field 4 All models have service valves protruding from the outdoor unit for faster flare connection work in the field 5 Simple design The unit has a thickness that masures a mere 7 24 inches making it the thinnest floor standing air ...

Page 660: ...Standard CMM Hi 16 Lo 10 5 56 Fresh air intake Not possible Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 2 Washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 20 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal t...

Page 661: ... 5 Lo 11 5 58 Fresh air intake Not possible Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 2 Washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fa...

Page 662: ... Lo 11 5 58 Fresh air intake Not possible Air filter Q ty Polypropylene net 2 Washable Shock vibration absorber Rubber sleeve for fan motor Rubber mount for compressor Electric heater W 40 Crank case heater Operation control Wired remote control switch Operation switch Optional RCD H E Indoor unit side Room temperature control Thermostat by electronics Safety equipment Internal thermostat for fan ...

Page 663: ...ne one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage Voltage at starting Frequency of ON OFF cycle ON and OFF interval Refer to the selection chart Max 30m Max 50m Max 10 times h Max 3 minutes Min 85 of rating Rating 10 Max 20m Outdoor unit is higher Max 30m Outdoor unit is higher Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower Max 15m Outdoor unit is lower ...

Page 664: ... LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased Remote controller mounting dimensions 47 7 89 83 5 17 120 Remote controller outline For the passage after wiring 120 60 46 Standard Within 0 3 mm2 Within 100 m 0 5 mm2 Within 200 m 0 75 mm2 Within 300 m 1 25 mm2 Within 400 m 2 mm2 Within 600 m Allowable rang of wire thickness and length Usable JIS box JIS C 8336 Switch box for 1 pi...

Page 665: ...ction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Flare connecting 40 53 95 40 Liquid piping ø9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Gas piping ø15 88 5 8 Terminal block Opening for electric wiring Opening for electric wiring Holes for anchor bolt M10 4 pcs Holes for drain ø9 52 3pcs Electric wiring Opening for pipi...

Page 666: ... white Front panel Ceramic white Front panel Ceramic white Holder Ceramic white Side panel Ceramic white Air inlet grille Gray Base 17 2 4 Exterior appearance 1 Indoor unit Models All models 2 Outdoor unit Models FDC258HEN3A 308HEN3 308HES3 Polar white ...

Page 667: ...ntrol Check joint Muffler Solenoid valve SV1 Accumulator Compressor Indoor unit Service valve Flare connecting Service valve Flare connecting Gas line ø15 88 Strainer Thermistor ThO D Strainer Capillary tube Check valve Capillary tube Strainer Strainer Thermistor ThO R Thermistor ThO A Thermistor ThI A Thermistor ThI R Heat exchanger Heat exchanger Sub cooling coil Flare connecting Capillary tube ...

Page 668: ...n Thermistor for detecting dis charge pipe temp Thermistor for detecting heat exchange temp High pressure switch for controlling FM0 OFF 68 C ON 61 C Equipped unit ThI R Tho D Tho R 63H2 Indoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit All models OFF 2 5 C ON 10 C OFF 135 C ON 90 C OFF 70 C ON 60 C OFF 2 5MPa 25 5 Kgf cm2 ON 2 06MPa 21 kgf cm2 ...

Page 669: ...ir D B temperature CD B Cooling operation Indoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures 17 2 6 Selection chart Correct the cooling and heating capacity in accordance with the conditions as follows The net cooling and heating capacity can be obtained in the following way Net capacity Capacity shown on specification Correcti...

Page 670: ...e Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference 5m 10m 15m 20m 25m 30m Adjustment coefficient 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 Piping length limitations Item Model FDFL258 type FDFL308 type Max one way piping length 30m 50m Max vertical height difference Outdoor unit is higher 20m Outdoor unit is higher 30m Outdoor unit is lower 15m Outdoor unit is lower...

Page 671: ...20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 2 Outdoor unit Model FDC258HEN3A Models FDC308HEN S 308HES S 17 2 7 Noise level 3 The noise levels measured in the field are usually higher than the data because of reflection 1 Indoor unit Model FDFL258 A Model FDF...

Page 672: ... I CF I2 OR OR WH WH CnF 3 RD RD FM I2 49F I SW1 NR BK BK 1 Remote controller Thc BK RD WH X Y Z L Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts ...

Page 673: ...FM I2 49F I SW1 NR BK BK 1 Remote controller Thc BK RD WH X Y Z L Model FDFL308HEN SA Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Power source 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Parts name CC Capac...

Page 674: ...R OR WH WH CnF 3 RD RD FM I2 49F I NR BK BK SW1 L 1 TB TB 1 Remote controller Thc Model FDFL308HES SA Power source 3 Phase 380 415V 50Hz Color mark Mark Color BK Black BL Blue BR Brown GR Gray OR Orange P Pink RD Red WH White Mark Color BK RD Black Red BK WH Black White BL WH Blue White BR WH Brown White OR WH Orange White RD WH Red White Y GN Yellow Green Meaning of marks Mark Parts name Mark Par...

Page 675: ...cident For installation confirm that the installation site can sufficiently support heavy weight When strength is insufficient injury can result from a falling of the unit Execute the prescribed installation construction to prepare for earthquakes and the strong winds of typhoons and hurricanes etc Improper installations can result in accidents due to a violent falling over of the unit For electri...

Page 676: ...CTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION AND OR PROPERTY DAMAGE 17 5 1 Installation of indoor unit Models Air reach All models 5 Note 1 The suspension brackets fixing bolts should be mounted to the length as shown in the above figure the bolts ends will be recessed inside the cap on the unit 600 or...

Page 677: ...the fixing brackets 2 Suspend the unit on the mounting brackets Note 1 The figure on the left shows the wall mounted installation when the base is removed Note 1 Location of the mounting brackets fixing bolts are the same as those for the floor standing in stallation except the location height 3 Drain piping The drain piping can be directed to the floor or rear sides as follows a Connect a drain p...

Page 678: ...pump type Refer to page 348 d Wiring of remote controller cables Use the attached cables and connect between the remote controller and the terminals X red Y white Z black of control box Make sure to give an extra length of about 50 cm to the cables Because the front panel may be removed for maintenance Peel the cable cover as shown below and solder the wires on the terminals Unless they are solder...

Page 679: ...8 MULTI TYPE V MULTI PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER Split system Air to air heat pump type OUTDOOR UNIT FDC508HES3 808HES3 1008HES3 INDOOR UNIT FDT208 A FDR208 A 258 A 258 A 308 A 308 A 408 A 408 A 508 A 508 A 677 V MULTI ...

Page 680: ...8 18 2 3 Exterior dimensions 690 18 2 4 Exterior appearance 702 18 2 5 Piping system 703 18 2 6 Selection chart 705 18 2 7 Characteristic of fan 707 18 2 8 Noise level 709 18 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 711 18 3 1 Electrical wiring 711 18 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 713 18 5 APPLICATION DATA 713 18 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 713 18 5 2 Installation of remote controller Optional part...

Page 681: ...ind blowing noise and also console type of cabinet which is highly effective to protect vibration d 700mm high drain head Adoption of drain pump with high drain head and high capacity 600cc min has made it possible to have maximum 700 mm from below ceiling drain head In case 700mm drain head is required set it up close to the unit It is impossible to do piping on down slope ii Cassetteria type FDR...

Page 682: ...y Branch pipe set Optional 258 258 DIS WA 408 408 308 508 FDC808HES3 308 308 308 DIS TB DIS WB 508 508 DIS WB DIS WAº2set DIS WBº1set 208 408 408 258 258 508 DIS TB Type Twin Outdoor unit FDC508HES3 Triple Twin Twin Double twin Triple FDC1008HES3 308 308 408 208 208 208 208 DIS WAº2set DIS WBº1set Double twin 258 258 258 258 Notes 1 It is possible to used different models FDT FDR when combining in...

Page 683: ...life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas line Mounting kit Drain hose Decorative Panel Thermostat by electronics Turbo fan 1 mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD H S E Hi 38 Lo 33 Louver fine inner grooved tubing 30 1 30 Unit 24 Panel 6 Unit 260 840 840 Panel 30 950 950 Hi 39 Lo 35 Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas ...

Page 684: ...z Capillary tube Line starting Available Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Drain hose Decorative Panel Thermostat by electronics Turbo fan 1 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 19 05 3 4 mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD H S E Hi 41 Lo 35 H...

Page 685: ...FDR258 A 5700 5400 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Capillary tube Line starting Available Polypropylene net 2 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Drain hose Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct Thermostat by electronics mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD H E Hi 43 Lo 37 Hi 44 Lo 38 Hi 43 Lo 37 Hi 44 Lo 3...

Page 686: ...e 220 240V 50Hz Capillary tube Line starting Available Polypropylene net 3 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Drain hose Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct Thermostat by electronics Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD H E Hi 44 Lo 38 Hi 45 Lo 39 Hi 45 L...

Page 687: ...Noise level Model FDR508 A 12500 14000 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Capillary tube Line starting Available Polypropylene net 3 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Drain hose Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct Thermostat by electronics mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD H E Hi 46 Lo 39 Hi 47 Lo 40 Lo...

Page 688: ...dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment compressor type Q ty Noise level Motor 1 The cooling and heating capabilities imply the values when the indoor unit of rated capacity is connected under the condition specified in JIS B8616 2 The refrigerant quantity in the connecting pipe is not included Charge it additionally at the site Notes Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Motor Starting...

Page 689: ...t Cooling running current Heating running current Inrush current L R A Cooling power factor Heating power factor 380 V 415 V Item Model FDC508HES3 5 03 5 28 4 58 4 71 8 6 9 4 8 1 9 0 74 89 78 86 73 8 44 8 54 6 44 6 64 14 2 13 5 11 6 11 2 99 90 88 84 82 11 92 12 02 9 72 9 92 20 0 19 0 16 5 16 0 154 91 88 90 86 FDC808HES3 FDC1008HES3 kW A A Note 1 This packaged air conditioner is manufactured and te...

Page 690: ...11 6 0 11 0 11 0 6 0 6 0 27 0 27 1 4 1 4 Models All models 18 2 2 Range of usage limitations Refer to the following Model Item Indoor return air temperature Upper lower limits Outdoor air temperature Upper lower limits Indoor unit atmosphere behind ceiling temperature and humidity Refrigerant line one way length Vertical height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit Power source voltage V...

Page 691: ...d branch pipe set sold separately and then to follow the directions of the instruction manual included in the branch pipe set when installing the piping Be sure to install the branch piping so that the branch is level One way pipe length m L ra 50 L rb 50 L rc 50 L rd 50 Branch pipe length m lra rbl 10 lra rcl 10 lrb rcl 10 lra rdl 10 lrb rdl 10 lrc rdl 10 ra 30 rb 30 rc 30 rd 30 rA rB 15 rC rD 15...

Page 692: ...e Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Space for installation and service Holes for tapping screws Holes for tapping screws Hole for wiring Control box Lug for Suspension bolts Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Max Drain up Obstacle Suspension bolts M10 or M8 295 325 700 or more 570 359 430 264 304 300 515 800 700 161 99 49 or more 26 215 141 295 336 1000 or more 35 110 90 90 50 70 140 80 87 37 100 ...

Page 693: ...Exhaust air opening for ducting Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Gas piping φ15 88 M10 or M8 4pcs B C Air inlet grille Air outlet grille 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 210 137 187 260 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 33 80 113 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 112 100 60 1...

Page 694: ...opening for ducting Exhaust air opening for ducting Drain hose Accessories Connectable with VP25 Gas piping φ19 05 3 4 M10 or M8 4pcs B C Air inlet grille Air outlet grille 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 270 137 187 320 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 93 80 113 140 Holes for tapping ...

Page 695: ...hole 295 325 650 250 102 480 80 635 510 465 405 245 φ200 232 Max Drainup MIN 320 355 369 40 460 185 320 750 213 163 81 Drain Natural drainage Hole for humidifier piping VP20 Suspension bolts M10 4pcs Hole of wiring I D φ35 C A B VIEW B VIEW A Space for installation and service 4 φ 4 0 φ170 205 213 φ149 Holes of tapping screws 90 φ170 150 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out hole Exhaust air ope...

Page 696: ...05 Fresh air opening Knock out hole 80 φ170 φ170 φ149 Holes of tapping screws 4 φ4 0 205 213 90 Exhaust air opening for ducting 150 774 45 864 45 45 75 345 585 75 45 Air inlet Air inlet Fresh air opening for ducting 1000 or more 100 or more 100 or more 50 or more Obstacle Knock out hole Knock out hole C 635 Hole for humidifier piping I D φ14 295 325 250 Hole of wiring I D φ35 460 260 40 405 465 48...

Page 697: ...sion bolts M10 4pcs φ200 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Max Drain up 295 325 80 81 102 163 213 355 369 Hole of wiring I D φ35 460 250 40 405 465 480 510 635 Drain Natural drainage VP20 Hole for humidifier piping I D φ14 VIEW A VIEW B Space for installation and service 45 Holes of tapping screws 4 φ4 0 150 φ170 φ170 φ149 90 Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out hole Fresh air opening for ducting Knock o...

Page 698: ...696 V MULTI Models FDR258 A 308 A ...

Page 699: ...3 4 1660 750 Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 Connectable with VP25 Hole for humidifier piping 1406 Suspension bolts pictch Suspension bolts pictch Max Drain up 545 MIN276 MIN320 103 81 213 163 650 40 406 420 270 275 45 70 150 45 75 Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs Drain Natural drainage Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out hole Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out hole VP20 φ149 90 φ170 45 1570 45 φ170 ...

Page 700: ...06 Suspension bolts pictch 545 Suspension bolts pictch Max Drain up 600 86 200 250 325 350 40 310 45 352 193 45 70 90 150 Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs Drain Natural drainage Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out hole Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out hole VP20 φ149 90 φ170 45 45 1394 φ170 φ200 Panel center Control box I D φ35 I D φ14 Hole of wiring 4 φ4 0 150 345 75 45 75 45 525 Ceiling ho...

Page 701: ...over use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left when installing the cover Notes 1 Allowable length of remote controller cable 600 m 0 3mm2 3cores O D φ5 6 LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased 89 83 5 17 120 Remote controller outline...

Page 702: ...e the height of obstruction wall in front of discharge port lower than the height of unit VIEW A L2 L3 L4 L1 Air inlet Air inlet Air outlet Maintenance space 50 110 195 555 578 920 10 46 50 48 100 165 580 175 35 15 380 15 15 103 50 50 50 50 110 195 50 70 50 15 50 27 50 15 47 295 237 15 340 35 55 55 150 40 Gas piping φ 19 05 3 4 Flare connecting Liquid piping φ 9 52 3 8 Flare connecting Opening for...

Page 703: ...ipimg ø35 ø65 808 ø12 7 1 2 1008 ø15 88 5 8 Connect of gas piping 808 ø25 4 1 1008 ø28 58 1 1 8 808 ø25 4 1 1008 ø28 58 1 1 8 Wall height H 4 Wall height H 2 L 1 L 3 Wall Height H3 Wall height H1 suction L4 L2 I II III L1 L2 L3 L4 Open Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited 700 or less Not limited Open 300 0 Open 500 300 0 500 0 1000 or less 300 0 Unit mm Dimension...

Page 704: ...white Decorative panel 2 Outdoor unit Model FDC508HES3 Polar white b Cassetteria type FDR Models All models Silent panel type Ceramic White Ceramic White Canvas duct panel type Models FDC808HES3 1008HES3 Polar white Type Item Panel model Remarks FDT208 A T PSA 22W E Without swing FDT258 A 508 A T PSA 32W E ...

Page 705: ...8 Flare connecting Branch pipe Brazing Flare connecting Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Heat exchanger Thermistor Capillary tube Liquid line Thermistor Cooling cycle Heating cycle 4way valve Muffler Muffler Capillary tube Capillary tube Accumlator Heat exchanger Lower Upper ThO A ThI A ThI R Thermistor Service valve Brazing Branch pipe Brazing Branch pipe Brazing High pressure switch 63H2 For...

Page 706: ...rainer Strainer Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Heat exchanger Thermistor Capillary tube Thermistor Cooling cycle Heating cycle 4way valve Muffler Muffler Capillary tube Capillary tube Accumlator Heat exchanger Lower Upper ThO A ThI A ThI R Thermistor Service valve Brazing Branch pipe Brazing Branch pipe Brazing Branch pipe Brazing Secondary branch pipe High pressure switch 63H2 F...

Page 707: ...rature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Indoor air W B temperature CW B ISO T1 Standard condition Outdoor air D B temperature CD B Cooling operation I ndoor air D B temperature CD B Heating operation Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures Preset point of the protective devices Parts name Mark Thermistor for protection over loading in heating Thermistor for frost prev...

Page 708: ...the values in the above table Cooling FDC508 type FDC808 1008 type Item Model All models Max one way piping length 50m Max vertical height difference Outdoor unit is higher 30m Outdoor unit is lower 15m Note 1 Values in the table indicate the one way piping length between the indoor and outdoor units Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference 5m 10...

Page 709: ...emoved and replaced with special square duct flanges option 4 When operating at a high speed invert the connection of white and red connectors on the flank of control box Standard 3 spot blower internal resistance Internal resistance without suction panel Internal resistance without filter Square duct blower internal resistance 2 spots blower internal resistance H i g h S t a n d a r d L o w 14 40...

Page 710: ...blower internal resistance 4 spot blower internal resistance Standard 3 spot blower internal resistance H i g h s p e e d H i g h High speed Upper limit High speed Lower limit H i g h s p e e d L o w Standard Upper limit S t a n d a r d L o w Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit Air flow m3 min 24 20 2 0 0 20 2 40 4 60 6 80 8 100 10 120 12 30 26 34 38 Internal resistance without suction...

Page 711: ... Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 5...

Page 712: ...N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Model FDR408 A Noise level 46 dB A at HIGH 39 dB A at LOW Model FDR508 A Noise level 47 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level...

Page 713: ... to outdoor unit to outdoor unit Note 1 FMI2 and the following wires shown in are equipped only for FDR408 508 SW1 Mark Parts name X5 Auxiliary relay for 52C X6 Auxiliary relay for 20S 52Fo Thc Thermistor ThI A Thermistor ThI R Thermistor TrI Transformer VaI Varistor PC Photo coupler Meaning of marks Mark Parts name FMI1 2 Fan motor indoor unit 49FI Internal thermostat for FMI CFI1 2 Capacitor for...

Page 714: ...PC CnR CnM 1 CH X04 X07 X02 X05 X08 X03 X06 2 N 3 4 5 F 3 15A OR WH OR WH OR OR WH BR BL BK BL RD Y GN WH WH BL RD WH BL BK WH RD BK BK CT2 CT1 V U W 52C RD WH RD BK WH WH L3 N L2 TB SV2 SV1 52C 20S FMO1 49FO1 15 14 H L UH CF02 CnM 2 GR GR OR OR WH BR BL BK FMO2 49FO2 CM Power wires to indoor unit to indoor unit NR L1 1 TB RD WH BK WH BK RD BL WH BR WH Y GN RD OR OR Tho R 63H2 CnL LED G LED R Norm...

Page 715: ... it is not stuffy 4 The place where free from thermal radiation of other thermal source 5 The place where flow of drain is allowed 6 The place where noise and hot air blast do not trouble neighboring houses 7 The place where there is no obstruction of wind at the intake air port and discharge air port 18 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER Except for function relating to heating same a...

Page 716: ... of refrigerant piping Secure with the anchor bolt 2 Install the unit directing the discharge air port at a right angle to the wind direction d Location where strong wind blows against the unit 3 Where the foundation is not stable secure the unit with wire etc 1 Install the unit directing the discharge air port to the wall 500 or more Air inlet Air outlet Service space 2 Carry in and installation ...

Page 717: ...8 φ9 52 φ15 88 φ9 52 φ9 52 1 2 Chart of shapes of branch piping parts DIS WA Gas pipe Liquid pipe Reducer Mark Mark Mark 30 190 8 105 50 8 15 ID19 05 ID15 88 ID15 88 ID9 52 ID9 52 ID9 52 ID9 52 OD19 05 ID15 88 OD15 88 ID19 05 φ6 35 flared nut 11 60 180 8 80 10 80 10 1 2 3 4 5 Notes 1 1 to 5 in the drawing include parts provided in the branch piping set It shows the codes for the shapes of differen...

Page 718: ...nit φ28 58 φ19 05 φ9 52 φ15 88 φ9 52 φ15 88 φ9 52 φ15 88 1 2 Chart of shapes of branch piping parts DIS TB Gas pipe Liquid pipe Reducer Mark Mark Mark 100 80 80 8 105 50 12 300 ID15 88 ID28 58 ID15 88 3 ID9 52 3 ID9 52 φ6 35 Flared nut 100 10 1 4 100 1 2 6 5 4 3 10 235 8 70 70 80 OD28 58 ID25 4 ID25 8 OD28 58 OD15 88 ID12 7 80 10 OD15 88 ID19 05 80 10 408 308 1008 308 φ28 58 φ19 05 φ9 52 φ15 88 φ9...

Page 719: ... Liquid pipe Mark Mark 45 190 10 20 ID28 58 ID19 05 ID19 05 ID9 52 ID15 88 ID9 52 15 90 180 8 DIS WB DIS WA 30 190 8 15 ID9 52 ID9 52 ID9 52 ID15 88 ID19 05 ID15 88 11 60 180 8 1 2 3 4 DIS WA DIS WA DIS WB Chart of shapes of branch piping parts iii Double twin FDC808HES3 Branch pipe set DIS WA 2set DIS WB 1set Notes 1 1 to 7 in the drawing include parts provided in the branch piping set It shows t...

Page 720: ... purge 2 While holding the service valves both of liquid and gas sides of the Outdoor unit at fully closed position per form vacuuming at 0 1 MPa 76 cmHg or under from the service valve charge port Leak test 1 After tightening all flared nuts on the Indoor unit and Outdoor unit hold the service valves both of liquid and gas sides of the Outdoor unit in fully closed position and perform the leak te...

Page 721: ...w that the additional charge amount is a minus number charging is not required Notes 1 Use the table above to find the amount of additional charge kg m C per 1 meter of piping 2 The value in indicates the amount of additional charge per 1 meter of piping for main piping up to 30 meters Method of Calculation Refer to the example of calculation on the next page for the piping length code in the form...

Page 722: ...uble twin specification FDC808 1008HES3 only G main piping L m C branch piping L1 m f branch piping L2 m f branch piping 1 m f branch piping 2 m f branch piping 3 m f branch piping 4 m f D B Example of Calculation 8 0mm 2 FDC508 Outdoor unit Indoor unit FDT258 A FDR258 A φ9 52 φ9 52 Liquid line φ9 52 Main piping L 30m 1 5m 2 5m G 30m L 0 035kg m 5m 1 0 025kg m 5m 2 0 025kg m 1 90 1 73 1 13kg Amoun...

Page 723: ...ERATION BEFORE ELECTRIC POWER IS DISCONNECTED FOR SERVICING This unit has a function of automatic restart system after recovering power stoppage DO NOT LEAVE OUTDOOR UNIT WITH THE SERVICE PANEL OPENED When the service panel is removed high voltage portion and high temperature areas are exposed Check that the service valves are fully opened without fail before operation Turn on the power for over 1...

Page 724: ...722 V MULTI MEMO ...

Page 725: ...22HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 36HKXE2 45HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2B 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2B 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDUMJ36HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B FDKJ22HKXE2 FDFLJ28HKXE2 45HKXE2 45HKXE2B 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 56HKXE2B 36HKXE2 71HKXE2 71HKXE2 71HKXE2B 45HKXE2 FDFUJ28HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2...

Page 726: ...2 4 Exterior appearance 783 19 2 5 Piping system 786 19 2 6 Selection chart 788 19 2 7 Characteristic of fan 803 19 2 8 Noise level 808 19 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 814 19 3 1 Electrical wiring 814 19 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 824 19 5 APPLICATION DATA 840 19 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 841 19 5 2 Installation of the remote controller Optional Parts 882 19 5 3 Installation of out...

Page 727: ...ted within a few seconds by the determination of operation mode and the start of operation As separate power supplies for the indoor and the outdoor units are employed a pair of 2 signal wires only are required for the inter connecting wiring of indoor and outdoor uniits regardless of the number of units so that the installation work can be simplified the cost of wiring work can be curtailed and c...

Page 728: ... FDFU 8 Vertical blow or horizontal blow type can be selected for the outdoor unit 9 Long piping design offeres One way piping length of 100 m Indoor and outdoor units can have a level difference of up to 50 m with a one way piping length of up to 100 m This is the top class long piping design in the industry A level difference of as much as 15 m between indoor units ensures that the system can me...

Page 729: ...Floor standing hidden type FDFU R407C models FDCP140HKXE2B 5 Horse Power FDCJ140HKXE2B 5 Horse Power FDCP224HKXE2B 8 Horse Power FDCJ224HKXE2B 8 Horse Power FDCP280HKXE2B 10 Horse Power FDCJ280HKXE2B 10 Horse Power R22 models Outdoor units to be combined FDC Model Parts Model T PSA 32W E FDT Capacity 28 36 45 56 71 90 112 140 Capacity 28 45 56 Capacity 71 80 Capacity 112 140 Capacity 28 45 56 Capa...

Page 730: ...Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas line Mounting kit Decorative Panel FDCJ140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCP140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B Thermostat by electronics Turbo fan 1 Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD HKX S E2 Hi 37 Me 34 Lo 33 ...

Page 731: ...llary tube Line starting Possible Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Decorative Panel FDCJ140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCP140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B Thermostat by electronics Turbo fan 1 Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 mm in Safe...

Page 732: ...temperature Standards ISO T1 JIS B8616 Operation Model FDTJ90 112 140 type T PSA 32W E Panel Part No DB WB DB WB Cooling 1 27 Heating 2 20 19 35 7 24 6 Unit 260 840 840 Panel 30 950 950 Unit 320 840 840 Panel 30 950 950 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room t...

Page 733: ...type TW PSB 28W E Panel Part No DB WB DB WB Cooling 1 27 Heating 2 20 19 35 7 24 6 Models FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B Unit 280 817 620 Panel 8 1055 680 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for p...

Page 734: ...1 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height W...

Page 735: ...fan 2 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 19 05 3 4 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Heig...

Page 736: ...6HKXE2B Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation con...

Page 737: ...ake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant piping size Noise level Safety equip...

Page 738: ...ve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCJ140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCP140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B Thermostat by electronics Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 mm in Safety equipment Remote ...

Page 739: ...ine starting Side or back Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCJ140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCP140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B Thermostat by electronics Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Opti...

Page 740: ...n Valve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCJ140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCP140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B Thermostat by electronics mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD HKX E2...

Page 741: ...Valve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 2 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCJ140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCP140HKXE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B Thermostat by electronics mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD HKX E2 H...

Page 742: ... cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger O...

Page 743: ...fan 2 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Heig...

Page 744: ...4 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat ex...

Page 745: ...arting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant piping si...

Page 746: ...wer source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation da...

Page 747: ...y 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installat...

Page 748: ...pacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Inst...

Page 749: ...r source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data...

Page 750: ...tarting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant piping s...

Page 751: ...urce Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Ref...

Page 752: ...ng pipe is not included Charge it additionally at the site Notes 3 The number 2 following the type of each model represents CE marked model especially for European Union and for European nations which require CE marking Air handling equipment Fan type Q ty Motor Starting method Air flow Standard Shock vibration absorber Rubber mount for compressor Compressor overheat protection overeurrent protect...

Page 753: ...refrigerant quantity in the connecting pipe is not included Charge it additionally at the site Notes 3 The number 2 following the type of each model represents CE marked model especially for European Union and for European nations which require CE marking 1 The flow divider pipe that should be used depends on the indoor unit total downstream capacity 1 set is required for each flow division 2 When...

Page 754: ...current MAX Cooling power factor Heating power factor 380 V 415 V Item Models FDCP140HKXE2B 6 8 6 8 6 0 6 1 10 7 10 2 9 3 8 6 5 97 93 98 99 9 8 9 8 9 3 9 4 15 7 14 6 14 7 14 0 48 95 93 96 93 11 7 11 7 11 2 11 4 19 3 19 0 17 6 16 8 70 92 86 97 94 FDCP224HKXE2B FDCP280HKXE2B kW A A Note 1 This packaged air conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard JIS B8616 UNI...

Page 755: ... is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard JIS B8616 UNITARYAIR CONDITIONERS 2 The values shown in the above table are common to both cooling and heating operations c Calculation of total operation characteristics Since the operation characteristics of series Multi KX depend on combination of indoor unit calculate the total operation characteristics of the system by usin...

Page 756: ... 0 47 2 0 45 2 2 14 2 A 3 3 Total power factor 10 2 1000 Cooling 3 16 9 380 100 92 8 7 1000 Heating 3 14 2 380 100 93 d Calculation of system power input for operation hertz of compressor Note 1 This package air conditioner in JIS B8616 System s total power input kW A B C D1 N1 D2 N2 A Compressor power input in rated operation kW B Correction factor of power input by operation frequency of compres...

Page 757: ...0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 Rating 1 1 Power input correction factor Rating Total capacity of concurrently operating indoor unit 20 22 28 292 224 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 Rating 1 1 Power input correction factor Rating Total capacity of concurrently operating indoor unit Cooling Heating Cooling Heating ...

Page 758: ...33 9 33 11 23 11 23 Heating 5 76 5 86 8 83 8 93 10 73 10 93 0 24 0 24 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 Outdoor fan Outdoor unit FDCP140HKXE2B FDCP224HKXE2B FDCP280HKXE2B 2 Compressor and outdoor fan power input in rated operation 3 Power input of indoor unit See page 752 operation characteristics of relevant units 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 22 28 364 280 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 Rating 1 1...

Page 759: ...e humidity 80 or less Outdoor unit to first branching main piping Piping length after the first branching Number of connected units Total capacity 70 182 FDCP224HKXE2B FDCJ140HKXE2B FDCJ280HKXE2B FDCJ224HKXE2B 112 292 140 364 When above outdoor unit When below outdoor unit Indoor units that can be used in combination Difference in height between indoor and outdoor units Difference in height betwee...

Page 760: ...g for ducting Holes for suspension bolts Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping 28 36 45 type φ12 7 1 2 56 71 90 type φ15 88 5 8 M10 to M8 4pcs B D C Air inlet grille Air outlet 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 210 137 187 260 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts Drain Connectable with VP25 A 840 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more ...

Page 761: ...or ducting Exhaust air opening for ducting Holes for suspension bolts Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping φ19 05 3 4 M10 to M8 4pcs B D C Air inlet grille Air outlet 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 33 80 113 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 112 100 60 140 42 140 Holes for tapping screws 6 φ4 0 270 137 187 95 320 30 Control box Dr...

Page 762: ...t 230 310 364 405 207 148 227 620 20 10 20 10 Liquid piping 28 45 tipe φ6 35 1 4 56 type φ9 52 3 8 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Gas piping 28 45type φ12 7 1 2 56 type φ15 88 5 8 Drain VP25 condensate pump drain Hole for wiring Ceiling hole size Space for installation and service 1000or more 680 160 160 360 45 45 965 1055 Air inlet Air outlet A Models FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B Hole Hole Hole H...

Page 763: ...al drainage Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Drain VP25 condensate pump drain Hole for wiring or more or more 100 or more 100 or more 1500 1500 Obstruction 1000or more 750 or less Max Drain up Holes for tapping screws 8 φ4 Exhaust air opening for ducting knock out Hole Hole A Models FDTWJ71HKXE2B 90HKXE2B Unit mm Space for installation and service 680 160 160 360 45 45 1210 1300 Air inlet Air outlet Decorati...

Page 764: ... 70 50 775 90 Suspension bolts pitch 446 97 97 640 Ceiling hole size Control box Center of panel Drain hose Accessories Local setting 66 20 78 128 20 612 240 1524 672 66 295 325 8 345 255 100 140 Holes for tapping screws 8 ø4 Exhaust air opening for ducting knock out 750 or less Max drain up Hole Hole 240 200 240 200 Air inlet Air outlet 1680 45 45 1770 160 160 360 680 20 620 410 364 310 230 20 10...

Page 765: ...itch 600 Suspension bolts pitch Panel center 710 Ceiling hole size 770 50 85 125 920 245 45 1200 1290 45 30 205 30 115 100 235 165 194 600 or less 10 100 or more 1000 or more 100 or more 100 or more 140 70 200 250 150 50 100 290 50 435 180 90 60 25 168 85 940 Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs 555 35 45 70 290 45 25 40 60 315 285 70 Gas piping φ12 7 1 2 Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Drain VP25 Condensate pump d...

Page 766: ...0 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Holes for tapping screws φ4 6pcs Holes for tapping screws φ4 6pcs 70 70 140 45 150 250 200 50 50 35 100 100 Suspension bolts M10 4pcs 100 1200 200 295 325 165 194 600 or less 10 Max Drain up C A B 70 30 210 1180 Air outlet Air inlet grille 30 170 110 85 770 50 45 45 45 1410 1500 290 140 140 70 70 40 60 90 100 35 Drai...

Page 767: ... 0 0 45 57 45 70 545 Suspension bolts pitch 150 405 405 40 MIN 95 510 45 75 90 φ170 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 φ170 φ149 45 1040 950 345 750 Drain VP25 Natural drainage 59 69 Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Drain Connectable with VP25 Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Gas piping φ12 7 1 2 Hole for wiring φ35 Air inlet Fresh air opening for ducting Knock...

Page 768: ... 545 Suspension bolt pitch 525 Ceiling hole size Panel center Control box 804 Ceiling hole size 786 Suspension bolts pitch 9 9 284 69 69 Drain hose Accessories Load setting Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Drain Connectable with VP25 Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Gas piping φ12 7 1 2 59 71 Supply air duct 405 150 C φ170 150 90 Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out Fresh air opening for ductin...

Page 769: ...ith VP25 Liquid piping 28 45 type φ6 35 1 4 56 type φ9 52 3 8 Supply air duct Control box 405 150 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out 295 325 650 or less 250 MIN 95 480 80 635 510 465 405 245 φ200 MIN 225 Max Drain up MIN 320 355 369 40 460 185 320 750 MIN 206 MIN 156 MIN 81 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Suspension bolts M10 4pcs Hole for wiring φ35 φ170 205 213 φ149 Holes for tapping screws 90 ...

Page 770: ...ith VP25 Gas piping 28 45 type φ12 7 1 2 56 type φ15 88 5 8 Local setting 284 150 405 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out 295 325 250 Hole for wiring φ35 460 260 40 405 465 480 510 635 80 149 199 274 299 150 300 600 or less 35 245 Drain VP20 Natural drainage 320 750 185 φ200 130 Canvas duct Optional parts Max Drain up φ170 φ170 φ149 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 205 213 90 Exhaust air openin...

Page 771: ...453 Control box 71 45 45 75 70 137 284 69 59 C 275 270 500 150 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out 950 285 285 165 215 A B MIN 225 MIN 320 650 or less Suspension bolts M10 4pcs φ200 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Max Drain up 295 325 80 MIN 81 MIN 95 MIN 156 MIN 206 355 369 Hole for wiring φ35 460 250 40 405 465 480 510 635 45 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 150 φ170 φ170 φ149 90 Exhaust air open...

Page 772: ...ral drainage Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Fresh air opening for ducting Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Knock out Knock out B 90 600 or less Max Drain up 130 45 90 70 M10 4pcs Suspension bolts Panel center Control box Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 Drain VP20 C A 1000 100 100 50 or more or more or more or more Hole for wiring 4 φ4 Holes of tapping...

Page 773: ...ock out Knock out Knock out B Air inlet Air inlet 90 650 or less Max Drain up Suspension bolts Control box Panerl center Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 Drain VP20 C A 76 Hole for wiring 4 φ4 Holes of tapping screws φ170 φ170 φ149 φ200 I D φ35 Silent Panel Model R PNLS 46W E 205 213 150 45 1660 1570 45 75 45 40 235 320 320 1370 320 175 69 45 70 275 270 495 150 480 405 465 75 45 58 663 ...

Page 774: ...ories Local setting Gas piping M10 4pcs Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Knock out Knock out B Air inlet Air inlet 90 600 or less Max Drain up Suspension bolts Control box Panel center Supply air duct Canvas duct Optional parts Drain Connecteble with VP25 Drain VP20 C A 71 59 Hole for wiring 4 φ4 Holes of tapping screws φ170 φ170 φ149 φ200 φ35 Canvas Panel Model R PNLC 46W E 205 213 150 45 ...

Page 775: ...13 284 18 18 80 59 71 45 118 130 35 472 Suspension bolts pitch Drain hose Accessories Local setting Natural drainage Gas piping 36 45 type φ12 7 1 2 56 type φ15 88 5 8 M10 4pcs Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out A 90 600 or less Control box Suspension bolts Return air duct Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 Drain VP20 B Hole for wiring Inspec...

Page 776: ... Return air duct Drain VP20 Hole for wiring Inspection space Holes for tapping screws φ200 80 18 213 205 59 71 950 18 45 118 284 986 Suspension bolts pitch Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 472 Suspension bolts pitch Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out A 90 Control box Supply air duct Drai...

Page 777: ...ust air opening for ducting Knock out A 90 Control box Return air duct Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 B Inspection space 4 φ4 Holes of tapping screws Holes for tapping screws φ149 φ170 φ170 1250 620 150 213 205 60 45 1280 45 35 70 240 18 1370 45 118 58 76 80 18 1720 100 35 210 60 284 295 325 Natural drainage M10 4pcs 600 or less Suspension bolts Drain VP20 Holes for wiring φ200 Max Dr...

Page 778: ...s half recesed a bove the ceiling 50 15 1244 Suspension bolts pitch 1160 Suspension bolts pitch 15 Drain hole connection Air inlet grille 30 20 290 Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 10 46 Obstacles 100 or more 150 or more 300 or more 5 or more Drain piping connection Air outlet Holes for suspension bolts M8 to M10 4 pcs Not included The brackets face interior The brackets face out When...

Page 779: ...ir inlet grille Holes for suspension bolts M8 to M10 4pcs Not included 174 66 584 275 135 Liguid piping Gas piping 94 46 185 650 225 266 Drain hole connection 1 The brackets face out 15 1454 Suspension bolts pitch 15 When the unit is half recesed a bove the ceiling The brackets face interior 30 1470 1410 30 50 1370 Suspension bolts pitch 50 150 239 246 7 When the unit is suspended beneath the ceil...

Page 780: ...0 20 Mounting plate φ 6 35 1 4 Hole on wall for rear connection Drain hose 0 7 m φ70 65 10 194 4 64 Outlet for electric wiring Outlet for piping On both side 8 58 90 7 7 or more or more or more 200 200 150 A 65 10 194 4 64 Outlet for electric wiring Outlet for piping On both side 8 58 90 7 7 or more or more or more 200 200 150 A 1148 486 130 23 486 23 375 280 59 908 Piping cover Gas piping φ 15 88...

Page 781: ...ntroller mounting part Control box Air filter Note 1 Value in indicates 71 type Unit mm Unit mm Space for installation and service Detail of mounting plate VIEW A Rear side 1436 387 130 23 387 486 23 375 280 59 1196 Piping cover Gas piping φ 9 52 3 8 Liquid piping 55 105 608 712 φ8 48 pcs Available space for rear connection Holes on mounting plate 65 108 155 1306 377 5 155 377 5 155 108 65 50 38 4...

Page 782: ...alue in indicates 71 type 16 Remote controller mounting dimensions 47 7 Standard Within 0 3 mm2 Within 100 m 0 5 mm2 Within 200 m 0 75 mm2 Within 300 m 1 25 mm2 Within 400 m 2 mm2 Within 600 m Allowable rang of wire thickness and length Usable JIS box JIS C 8336 Switch box for 1 piece without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illu...

Page 783: ... for exit wiring φ50 suction L1 L2 L3 L4 Open Open 0 300 300 500 500 300 Unit mm Dimensions Installation example Dimensions of refrigerant piping connecting mouth plan Rear surface service spece L 2 L 4 L 3 170 105 20 1450 50 175 110 70 100 192 112 88 110 309 142 105 80 170 157 102 22 29 532 517 230 176 78 120 47 5 239 595 290 47 5 40 15 640 15 428 345 131 50 600 690 Wall height H 3 Notes 1 Make s...

Page 784: ... 157 102 29 22 H 4 H 3 H 2 H 1 700 or less 1000 or less Open 0 0 0 Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4 Open Open 0 300 300 500 500 300 Unit mm Dimensions Installation example Notes 1 Make sure to secure the unit with anchor bolts 2 When the strong wind blows place the unit so that discharge outlet faces the wind direction with right a...

Page 785: ... of ceiling material type Panel part No Type Panel color Applicable model TW PSA 22W E TW PSA 32W E TW PSA 42W E With Auto swing Pearl white FDTW28 45 56 type FDTW71 90 type FDTW112 140 type Panel part No Type Panel color Applicable model TW PSB 28W E TW PSB 38W E TW PSB 48W E With Auto swing Misty white FDTW28 45 56 type FDTW71 90 type FDTW112 140 type Air inlet Pearl white Air outlet ...

Page 786: ...el TS PSA 26W E TS PSA 36W E With Auto swing Misty white FDTS22 28 36 45 type FDTS71 type Panel Ceramic white Air inlet grille Ceramic white Ceramic white Ceramic white Front panel Gray Vertical fins Ceramic white Front panel Ceramic white Side panel Gray Frame Ceramic white Air inlet louver Ceramic white e Satellite ducted type FDUM Zinc steel plate f Ceiling suspension type FDE ...

Page 787: ...tom plate 6 Right and Left louvers No Parts name Color Ceramic white Light gray Polar white Dark gray Outlet grill Ceramic white Body Black Bottom plate Polar white 1 2 3 1 4 6 5 i Floor standing hidden type FDFU Zinc steel plate 2 Outdoor unit Models FDCP140HKXE2B Models FDCP224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDCJ140HKXE2B FDCJ224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B ...

Page 788: ...on OFF 2 79 MPa 28 5kgf cm 2 ON2 26MPa 23kgf cm 2 For heating FMo and control of high pressure FDCJ type FDCP type Outdoor unit Heat exchanger Compressor Receiver High pressure switch 63H 2 For fan motor control High pressure switch 63H 1 For protection 4 way valve Service valve Flare connecting Expansion valve Thermistor Th O A Th O R Cooling cycle Heating cycle Servicevalve Flare connecting Chec...

Page 789: ...witch 63H 1 2 For protection Oil saparator Thermistor Th O D2 Thermistor Thermistor Th O D1 Th O C Discharge Suction Compressor Service valve Flare connecting Strainer Receiver SV2 Solenoid valve Sub cooling coil Accumlator SV1 Solenoid valve Liquid line φ12 7 Brazing To next units by turn Indoor B unit Electronic expansion valve Check Joint Cooling cycle Heating cycle Thermistor Thermistor Th O A...

Page 790: ...ating capacity can be obtained in the following way Indoor unit b Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to one way length of refrigerant piping Each indoor unit System performance Indoor unit capacity Indoor unit capacity when operating simultaneously Outdoor unit Note 1 Refer to page 788 and 802 for the correction coefficient a Coefficient of cooling and heating capacity in relat...

Page 791: ...e Adjustment coefficient Air inlet temperature of outdoor unit in C WB Adjustment coefficient 45 m 0 09 40 m 0 08 35 m 0 07 50 m 0 10 c When the outdoor unit is located at a lower height than the indoor unit in cooling operation and when the outdoor unit is located at a higher height than the indoor unit in heating operation the following values should be subtracvted from the values in the above t...

Page 792: ...m capacity kw Total capacity of indoor unit to be operated simultaneously Standard Heating Cooling System capacity kw 280 292 28 28 0 FDCP224HKXE2B FDCJ224HKXE2B 22 Heating 40 60 80 260 240 220 200 180 160 140 120 100 224 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 22 4 25 Cooling Rated capacity Rated capacity Total capacity of indoor unit to be operated simultaneously Standard ...

Page 793: ...rrection Example Conditions Unit 50 Hz Outdoor unit FDCJ280HKXE2B 1 unit Indoor unit FDTJ90HKXE2 1 unit FDTJ140HKXE2 1 unit FDTWJ28HKXE2B 1 unit FDTSJ22HKXE2B 1 unit Piping length Shall be common among units 60 meters suitable length Difference in height between indoor and 15 meters outdoor units Outdoor unit is lower Air conditions Outdoor air temperature 33 CDB Indoor temperature 26 CDB 19 CWB 9...

Page 794: ... 0 CWB TC 5 03 4 93 4 83 4 73 4 64 4 52 4 40 SHC 4 07 4 03 3 99 3 96 3 92 3 88 3 84 21 0 CWB TC 5 15 5 06 4 96 4 86 4 75 4 65 4 55 SHC 4 09 4 05 4 02 3 98 3 94 3 91 3 87 22 0 CWB TC 5 27 5 18 5 08 4 98 4 88 4 78 4 68 SHC 4 1 4 0 4 0 4 0 3 9 3 9 3 9 Air flow m 3 min Model FDTJ56HKXE2 15 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 17 0 CWB TC 5 78 5 66 5 52 5 36 5 21 5 06 4 92 SHC 4 48 4 43 4 36 4 30 ...

Page 795: ... flow m 3 min Model FDTJ112HKXE2 28 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 11 57 11 32 11 04 10 73 10 42 10 12 9 83 SHC 8 71 8 60 8 47 8 33 8 20 8 07 7 94 18 0 CWB TC 11 91 11 66 11 39 11 10 10 81 10 52 10 23 SHC 8 76 8 65 8 54 8 41 8 29 8 16 8 04 19 0 CWB TC 12 22 11 95 11 69 11 45 11 20 10 89 10 57 SHC 8 79 8 68 8 57 8 47 8 37 8 24 8 11 20 0 CWB TC 12 52 12 ...

Page 796: ...83 SHC 2 64 2 62 2 60 2 58 2 56 2 54 2 51 22 0 CWB TC 3 29 3 23 3 16 3 10 3 05 2 98 2 92 SHC 2 66 2 64 2 61 2 59 2 58 2 55 2 53 Air flow m 3 min Model FDTSJ36HKXE2B 12 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 3 73 3 64 3 56 3 46 3 35 3 26 3 15 SHC 3 20 3 16 3 13 3 09 3 04 3 01 2 96 18 0 CWB TC 3 84 3 75 3 66 3 58 3 49 3 38 3 28 SHC 3 22 3 19 3 15 3 12 3 08 3 04 ...

Page 797: ... 23 SHC 2 10 2 08 2 06 2 05 2 03 2 01 2 00 22 0 CWB TC 2 58 2 53 2 48 2 43 2 40 2 35 2 29 SHC 2 11 2 09 2 08 2 06 2 05 2 03 2 01 Air flow m 3 min Model FDRJ28HKXE2 12 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 2 90 2 83 2 77 2 69 2 60 2 54 2 45 SHC 2 58 2 55 2 52 2 49 2 46 2 43 2 40 18 0 CWB TC 2 98 2 92 2 85 2 78 2 72 2 63 2 55 SHC 2 60 2 57 2 55 2 52 2 49 2 46 2...

Page 798: ...5 51 5 46 5 40 5 33 5 27 22 0 CWB TC 8 34 8 18 8 01 7 85 7 74 7 57 7 40 SHC 5 64 5 58 5 52 5 46 5 42 5 36 5 30 Air flow m 3 min Model FDRJ90HKXE2 20 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 9 32 9 11 8 89 8 66 8 37 8 15 7 88 SHC 6 71 6 61 6 51 6 40 6 27 6 17 6 05 18 0 CWB TC 9 59 9 38 9 16 8 95 8 73 8 44 8 21 SHC 6 74 6 64 6 55 6 45 6 36 6 23 6 13 19 0 CWB TC 9 ...

Page 799: ... CWB TC 4 13 4 04 3 97 3 90 3 82 3 73 3 64 SHC 3 27 3 24 3 21 3 19 3 16 3 13 3 10 22 0 CWB TC 4 23 4 15 4 06 3 98 3 92 3 84 3 75 SHC 3 28 3 26 3 23 3 20 3 18 3 15 3 12 Air flow m 3 min Model FDUMJ45HKXE2 14 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 4 66 4 55 4 45 4 33 4 19 4 08 3 94 SHC 3 86 3 82 3 77 3 72 3 66 3 62 3 56 18 0 CWB TC 4 80 4 69 4 58 4 47 4 37 4 22 ...

Page 800: ...0 57 10 37 10 15 9 95 9 81 9 59 9 38 SHC 6 76 6 69 6 60 6 53 6 47 6 39 6 31 Air flow m 3 min Model FDUMJ112HKXE2 28 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 11 60 11 33 11 07 10 77 10 42 10 15 9 81 SHC 8 72 8 60 8 48 8 35 8 20 8 08 7 93 18 0 CWB TC 11 94 11 67 11 40 11 13 10 86 10 51 10 21 SHC 8 77 8 66 8 54 8 42 8 31 8 16 8 04 19 0 CWB TC 12 25 12 01 11 74 11 4...

Page 801: ...SHC 3 95 3 92 3 88 3 85 3 82 3 78 3 75 Air flow m 3 min Model FDEJ56HKXE2B 14 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 5 80 5 67 5 53 5 39 5 21 5 07 4 91 SHC 4 36 4 30 4 24 4 18 4 10 4 04 3 97 18 0 CWB TC 5 97 5 84 5 70 5 57 5 43 5 25 5 11 SHC 4 39 4 33 4 27 4 21 4 16 4 08 4 02 19 0 CWB TC 6 13 6 00 5 87 5 73 5 60 5 47 5 30 SHC 4 40 4 35 4 29 4 24 4 18 4 13 4 06...

Page 802: ...18 22 0 CWB TC 16 44 16 13 15 79 15 48 15 26 14 92 14 59 SHC 10 91 10 80 10 67 10 56 10 47 10 35 10 23 Air flow m 3 min Note 1 Symbols are as follows TC Total cooling capacity kW SHC Sensible heat capacity kW Model FDKJ22HKXE2 9 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 2 27 2 22 2 17 2 11 2 05 1 99 1 93 SHC 2 04 2 02 2 00 1 98 1 95 1 93 1 91 18 0 CWB TC 2 34 2 2...

Page 803: ... 7 40 SHC 6 07 6 02 5 96 5 90 5 86 5 81 5 75 Air flow m 3 min Note 1 Symbols are as follows TC Total cooling capacity kW SHC Sensible heat capacity kW Model FDKJ45HKXE2 11 5 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 4 66 4 55 4 45 4 33 4 19 4 08 3 94 SHC 3 54 3 49 3 44 3 39 3 33 3 28 3 22 18 0 CWB TC 4 80 4 69 4 58 4 47 4 37 4 22 4 10 SHC 3 56 3 51 3 46 3 42 3 37...

Page 804: ...57 2 55 2 52 2 49 2 46 2 43 19 0 CWB TC 3 06 3 00 2 93 2 87 2 80 2 73 2 65 SHC 2 62 2 59 2 57 2 54 2 52 2 49 2 46 20 0 CWB TC 3 12 3 07 3 02 2 95 2 88 2 82 2 75 SHC 2 63 2 61 2 59 2 56 2 54 2 52 2 49 21 0 CWB TC 3 21 3 14 3 09 3 04 2 97 2 90 2 83 SHC 2 64 2 62 2 60 2 58 2 56 2 54 2 51 22 0 CWB TC 3 29 3 23 3 16 3 10 3 05 2 98 2 92 SHC 2 66 2 64 2 61 2 59 2 58 2 55 2 53 Air flow m 3 min Models FDFL...

Page 805: ...nection of white and red connectors on the flank of control box 40 4 20 2 0 0 20 2 14 13 16 18 20 Static pressure Pa mmAq Air flow m3 min S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w S t a n d a r d L o w Square duct blower internal resistance Internal resistance withoutsuction panel 2 spot blower internal resistance S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w Sq...

Page 806: ... 80 8 60 6 40 4 20 2 0 0 0 0 2 20 0 0 2 20 10 12 14 15 5 13 18 14 16 20 High speed Upper limit High speed Upper limit High speed High H i g h s p e e d H i g h High speed Medium H i g h s p e e d M e d i u m Standard Upper limit Standard Upper limit High speed Low limit High speed Low limit High speed Low H i g h s p e e d L o w Standard High S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t...

Page 807: ...pot blower internal resistance Standard S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w High speed Upper limit Standard Upper lim it High speed Low limit H i g h s p e e d H i g h H i g h s p e e d M e d i u m H i g h s p e e d L o w Air flow m3 min Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit 120 12 100 10 80 8 60 6 40 4 20 2 0 0 0 0 2 20 24 30 26 34 38 ...

Page 808: ...a mmAq Air flow m3 min 3 spot blower internal resistance S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d S t a n d a r d M e d i u m M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w Square duct blower internal resistance 2 spot blower internal resistance 3 spot blower internal resistance S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w Square duct blower internal resistance 2 spot blower interna...

Page 809: ...0 38 Model FDUMJ71HKXE2 Model FDUMJ90HKXE2 Model FDUMJ112HKXE2 Model FDUMJ140HKXE2 Air flow m3 min Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit Air flow m3 min Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit 2 spot blower internal resistance 2 spot blower internal resistance Square duct blower internal resistance 3 spot blower internal resistance Square duct blower internal resistance High spee...

Page 810: ...70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Models FDTJ28HKXE2 36HKXE2 Noise level 37 dB A at HIGH 34 dB A at MEDIUM 33 dB A at LOW Models FDTJ45HKXE2 56HKXE2 Noise level 38 dB A at HIGH 35 dB A at MEDIUM 34 dB A at LOW Model FDTJ90HKXE2 Noise level 42 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at MEDIUM 38 dB A at LOW Model FDTJ112HKXE2 Noise level 49 dB A at HIGH 46 dB A at MEDIUM 42 dB A at...

Page 811: ... frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Model FDTSJ22HKXE2B Noise level 39 dB A at MEDIUM 38 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB So...

Page 812: ... frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB d Cassetteria type FDR Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below 1 5m Unit 1 5m Mike center low points Mo...

Page 813: ...y Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz e Satellite ducted type FDUM Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below Models FDRJ71HKXE2 90HKXE2 Noise level 43 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at MEDIUM 37 dB A at LOW M...

Page 814: ... at LOW Model FDEJ112HKXE2B Noise level 49 dB A at HIGH 46 dB A at MEDIUM 42 dB A at LOW Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Model FDEJ71HKXE2B f Ceiling suspension type FDE Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike pos...

Page 815: ...5HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 Noise level 43 dB A at HIGH 41 dB A at MEDIUM 40 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB h Floor standing type FDFL FDFU Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below 1m Mike front at low point 1m Indoor unit Model FDKJ56HKXE2 Noise level 46 dB A at...

Page 816: ...ion SW5 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal Heating temp shift 3 C Normal Test run of condensate pump motor Normal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark Printed circuit board Power source Outdoor unit Signal line GR 10 LED G Normal Check LED R Trl 8V 17V CnW 2 CnW 1 CnE Checker XR...

Page 817: ... Function SW5 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark DM CnR SK 4 FS X4 CnK2 CnO CnD Y GN CnS2 RD RD WH CnU CnI A B F 3 15A TB TB TB Val FMl2 LM X Y Z RD WH WH RD BK UH UH H H M M OR OR L L CnJ CnR CnI CnJ RD WH 1 2 9 10 BL BL LS BK BK BK BK BK BK CnH C...

Page 818: ...SW5 2 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark X4 DM CnR 4 FS X4 CnB 2 CnK 2 CnO CnM CnD Y GN Y GN CnJS RD RD RD WH CnU CnI SK A B Printed circuit board F 3 15A TB TB TB Val FMl1 49FI FMl2 49FI CFl 2 CFI1 LM Trl 220 240V 8V 17V X Y Z RD Y GN RD WH WH RD BL BL WH RD BK L L M M H H UH UH CnJS CnR CnI CnJS CnW 4 CnW 4 OR O...

Page 819: ...top Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark CF l1 CF I2 L L M M H H UH UH OR OR OR OR CnF 2 CnF 3 CnF 4 CnF 4 CnF 2 CnD CnF 3 CnF 4 CnF 5 CnF 5 CnF 5 L N A B F 3 15A TB TB TB X4 DM FS TrI 200 240V 8V 17V X Y Z RD RD WH WH RD WH WH RD BL BL WH RD BK CnO CnS CnR SK CnR CnI CnI CnW1 CnT CnW2 RD RD...

Page 820: ...t signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark CnU FM I1 FM I2 49FI 49FI L L M M H H UH UH OR OR OR OR A B L N F TB TB TB CnB X4 DM FS CnG CnF 3 CnF 5 CnF 5 CnF 3 CnF 5 CnF 4 CnF 2 CnF 4 CnF 4 CF I2 CF I1 CnF 2 3 15A 220 240V 8V 17V X Y Z X1 X2 X3 X1 X2 X3 1 2 5 X4 XR1 XR5 Option XR2 XR3 XR4 CnA 2 SM 8 7 ...

Page 821: ...se Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark RD WH CnU L N A B Printed circuit board F 3 15A TB TB TB VaI FM I2 49F I FM I1 49F I CF I2 CF I1 LM Tr1 200 240V 8V 17V X Y Z RD WH WH WH BL BL WH RD BK CnO CnD CnM L L M M H60 H H50 UH CnJS CnJS CnW 4 CnW 4 CnK 2 CnK 2 CnW 3 OR OR OR ...

Page 822: ...r Function of switches Mark Function SW5 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL GR OR Black Blue Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark L N A B F 3 15A TB CnU TB TB VaI FM I 49F I CF I 2 3 4 X Y Z RD RD WH WH WH RD BK CnO CnD L M H CnB OR X1 X2 X3 CnE CnZ Checker HA 1 2 5 BL BL 1 CnT ThI A CnF 1 CnF 1 OR OR OR...

Page 823: ...r BK BL GR OR Black Blue Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark L N A B F TB TB CnK CnK 2 TB FM I CF I CnF CnF CnS 3 15 Val 8V 17V X Y Z 49F I L M H X1 X2 X3 HA Checker 1 2 9 5 X1 X2 X3 8 7 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 CnA CnE CnZ CnT CnH CnN CnB SM XR1 XR5 XR2 XR3 XR4 Power source Outdoor unit Signal line Option CnH 2 CnA 2 CnW 2 CnW 1 CnN BK BK BK BK BK Y Y BL BL RD RD W...

Page 824: ...address unit s place Indication lamp Red Indication lamp Green Terminal F Connector Mark Color BK BL OR RD Black Blue Orange Red Mark Color WH Y GR Y GN White Yellow Gray Yellow Green Color mark CnC1 CnD Tho D Tho A 20S 52C CnI1 200V 17V 8V CnA2 CnA1 Printed circuit board FMo H M L 1 1 2 3 4 SW3 SW2 CnX2 B A X11 X12 X10 X1 X4 15 14 13 TB2 B CnS1 CnH 1 2 3 ON OFF CFo 27 3 5 24 CnU CnB Tho R A U V W...

Page 825: ... OR RD Black Blue Gray Orange Red Mark Color WH Y Y GN P White Yellow Yellow Green Pink Color mark CnC1 CnD Tho D1 CM1 Tho A 52C2 20S 52C1 TB1 1 3 2 4 6 5 U V W CnI1 200V 17V 8V CnA2 CnA1 CT2 FMO1 H M L 2 1 1 2 3 4 SW3 SW2 CnX2 CnM1 CnM2 CnM2 B A H X11 X12 X10 X13 X1 X4 15 14 13 TB2 B CnS1 CnH 1 2 3 ON OFF CFO1 27 CnM1 16 3 Y P BK RD RD 5 24 CnU CnB Tho R A U V W 52C1 2 4 1 3 5 6 CT1 X2 4 SV1 X5 7...

Page 826: ...hen selecting contents of timer operation Set switch Use this switch to set a time for the timer Temperature Time setting switch Auto swing switch Auto swing display Indicates the swing louver condition Setting temperature display Displays the temperature that has been set Return air temperature display Displays the return air temperature Note Outdoor No Central display This is displayed when the ...

Page 827: ...d at 40 Hz and then CM2 is turned ON Model Fk Hz condition CM1 Inverter CM Without inverter FDCJ224HKXE2B Fk 70Hz 25 90Hz OFF FDCP224HKXE2B Fk 70Hz 40 100Hz ON FDCJ280HKXE2B Fk 80Hz 25 95Hz OFF FDCP280HKXE2B Fk 80Hz 40 100Hz ON Model Indoor Category All series Required frequency Hz Selected frequency Hz 22 model 28 model 36 model 45 model 56 model 71 model 90 model 112 model 140 model 10 15 10 20 ...

Page 828: ...mper wire J3 on the indoor PCB is shorted installed at shipping the fan of the unit of which the thermostat is turned OFF during heating is operated in the Lo mode and the indoor fan is turned OFF if the temperature rises 1 C or more than the return air temperature at the thermostat OFF b Indoor fan OFF condition is maintained for 5 minutes and then the operation is reset at the Lo mode again Afte...

Page 829: ...uccession iii Conditions for finishing Defrosting When any of the following conditions is met the defrosting finishing operation will start 1 When the temperature of the heat exchanger thermistor ThO R increases adove 14 C R407C 20 C 2 When 12 minutes has passed after start of defrosting Outdoor air temperature ThO A Outdoor unit heat exchanger temp Tho R Defrosting start Defrosting Finishing of d...

Page 830: ...t of inverter compressor CM1 the following operations take place regardless of selected frequency a 5 25 Hz operation It is operated in the range of 5 25 Hz In this operation however the compressor cannot be operated with the current safe or high pressure controls or discharge pipe control b 25 65 Hz operation only for 224 280 models Maximum frequency is determined based on the temperature detecte...

Page 831: ... Compressor CM2 also does not start for 3 minutes after the stop and if it has been started and stopped then it cannot be started for 6 minutes after the start iv Operation with equal amount of oil Only for 224 280 models After the CM2 has been operated continuously for 3 hours the following operations take place Step 1 CM1 is operated at 40 Hz with CM2 ON for 3 minutes Step 2 CM1 is operated at 9...

Page 832: ...ion valve Addition of 5 Hz portion Retention Under dome temperature C Outdoor fan ON High pressure switch 63H2 MPa kgf cm2 Outdoor fan OFF High pressure switch 63H2 MPa kgf cm2 Reset Retention Addition of 5 Hz portion Discharge pipe temperature Tho D1 D2 Note 1 indicates Tho D2 SV1 SV2 close Discharge pipe thermistor Tho D1 D2 SV1 SV2 open f Discharge pipe temperature control If the discharge pipe...

Page 833: ...cond till the frequency reaches the target value If the current cut function is actuated four times within 15 minutes it turns OFF the 52C and stops the operation with the error stop i Power transistor overheat protection If the power transistor is heated up to the setting temperature 118 C the inverter is stopped immediately but reset automatically 3 minutes later or if the temperature drops to t...

Page 834: ... A or less for 5 continuous sections after CM2 has gone on it is determined to be a phase fault and an error stop is performed p Antiphase protection and open L2 phase at 52C1 primary side This function monitors the phase order on the primary side of 52C1 whenever power is turned ON and judges L1 L3 L2 L3 as the antiphase monitors simultaneously also open phase of L2 phase at the primary side If t...

Page 835: ...ature is lower than 3 C 13 Forced heating cooling operation With this control SW3 7 on the outdoor unit PCB is turned on and CnG equipped with short circuit pin is shorted or opened so as to forcibly determine whether the indoor unit is operated for cooling or heating If any operation mode other than the forcible mode is commanded from the indoor unit the mode unmatch message is displayed on the r...

Page 836: ...n all indoor units are checked 3 minutes later or after release of 6 minute start delay of CM2 Then outdoor units only are started to check at intervals of 20 seconds if the indoor heat exchanger temperatures have dropped 7 degrees or more compared with those before the re start 3 If there is any unit on which the temperature does not drop 7 degrees or more after continuing the check for 5 minutes...

Page 837: ...ter with the limit switch LS pushing the louver motor LM If the LS action is not input to the microcomputer the louver will stop within 1 minute after the power supply is switched on and will not move from then on e Keeping the louvers horizontal during heating While HOT KEEP is displayed during hot start operation or when the thermostat has turned off during heating operation the louvers stay in ...

Page 838: ...ay control of input signal a External control remote display output Following output connectors CNT are provided on the control circuit board of indoor unit i Operation output Power to engage DC 12V relay provided by the customer is outputted during operation ii Heating output Power to engage DC 12V relay provided by the customer is outputted during the heating operation iii Compressor ON output P...

Page 839: ... all the unit can be operated and stopped at intervals of 0 5 to 1 second in the order of unit number Thermostat and protective functions of each unit functions independently Note 1 When part of the group gets out of order the protective device operates the relevant unit comes to an abnormal stop but other normal units keep operating b Wiring Procedures i Lay power cable of each unit and signal wi...

Page 840: ...ote controller display Air conditioner ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON Remote Remote Center OFF Air conditioner ON OK Air conditioner ON OK Center Center CnS1 input Remote controller operation Remote controller display Air conditioner ON OFF 22 External input operation External input From CnS1 operation permission prohibition control From CnS2 Demand control normal operation switching J...

Page 841: ...Short circuit Short circuit Open circuit Open circuit Demand control Normal operation Normal operation Demand control NOP Normal operation Demand control switching Reversal J1 Short circuit J1 Open circuit J1 Open circuit Pulse input b From CnS2 operation permission prohibition control OFF ON OFF Demand control Demand control Compressor OFF Compressor OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON CnS2 input Remote control...

Page 842: ...onfirm that the installation site can sufficiently support heavy weight When strength is insufficient injury can result from a falling of the unit Execute the prescribed installation construction to prepare for earthquakes and the strong winds of typhoons and hurricanes etc Improper installations can result in accidents due to a violent falling over of the unit For electrical work please see that ...

Page 843: ...pposite side c The size of the pattern sheet equals to the maximum size of the square ceiling opening 2 Location of pipes For the location of pipe see the exterior dimension c Hanging Arrange four sets of a hang bolt M10 or M8 a nut for it a plain washer and a spring washer on site When there is the ceiling 1 Make an 860 to 890 mm square cutout on the ceiling Refer to the outside dimensions of pac...

Page 844: ...ng occurred when they are installed Therefore when it is bent intentionally or used under expanded condition it may be damaged and result in water leak age Drainage Test 1 Conduct a drainage test after completion of the electrical work 2 During the trial make sure that drain flows properly through the piping and that no water leaks from connections 3 In case of a new building conduct the test befo...

Page 845: ...and tighen all four bolts 5 Connect the louver motor connector red to the panel respectively 6 If the louver motor is not operated by remote control check if the connector is connected correctly and turn off the power for more then 10 seconds then reset it Panel Joint Setting The panel can turn 30 mm to the left and to the right in all approx 2 and the indoor unit turns 30 mm to the left and to th...

Page 846: ... Air velocity at the throw 0 3 m s 4 Places where chilied or heated air circulates freely When the installation heiht exceeds 3 5m warmed air stays close to the ceiling In such cases suggest your client users to install air circulators 5 Places where perfect drainage can be prepared and sufficient drainage gradient is available 6 Places free from air disturbances to the return air port and supply ...

Page 847: ...oise may cause malfunctioning of the controller b Preparations for installation 1 Ceiling hole and suspension bolt positions a The pattern sheet shrinks or expands as humidity changes so check the actual size before use b The ceiling hole sizes and suspension bolt sizes are shown in the following figure c Installation For the suspension bolt use four M10 or W 3 8 bolts and secure so that each bolt...

Page 848: ... a level or transparent hose with water in it to confirm that the unit is level If the unit is not level problems such as water leakage or improper operation of the float switch could occur B If ceiling is to be installed later 1 Follow steps A2 to A4 in the previous section A If there is a ceiling to install the unit and mount the pattern paper 2 When the ceiling is installed the outer perimeter ...

Page 849: ... 5 Be sure to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoor placement 6 Do not ever provide an air vent 7 The height of the drain head may be elevated up to a point 750mm above the ceiling and when an obstacle exists in the ceiling space elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget When doing this if the stretch for the needed height is too high the back fi...

Page 850: ...olts are attached on the panel Note 1 Care should be exercised in handling the supply air port on the panel because it is easily depressed by finger nail 1 Check with the accessory level gauges that the indoor unit height and the size of ceiling hole are correct Notes 1 Remove the level gauge from the indoor unit befroe fixing the panel 2 Remove the Air inlet panel from the panel proper Procedure ...

Page 851: ...ing Direction Ceiling material holding plate Ceiling material Air inlet panel 2 Screw two bolts out of four accessory bolts less than 5mm in the panel diagonally 3 Hook the panel on the two bolts and set it temporarily 4 Tighten the bolts fixed temporarily and the remaining two bolts 5 Connect the louver motor connector white 3P and the limit switch connector white 2P to the panel respectively 6 W...

Page 852: ... warmed air throw Conditions 1 Unit heigh Standard ceiling 2 4 3 0 m above floor Higher ceiling 3 0 4 0 m above floor 2 Kind of operation Hi 3 Place Free space without obstruction 4 Reaching distance means the horizontal distance for the wind to reach the floor 5 Wind velocity at the reaching distance 0 5m s Note 1 Wind capacity is UHi in case of a higher ceiling It is value of Hi for other cases ...

Page 853: ...Iocation 1 Installation a Ceiling hole size and position of suspension bolt b Length of fixed suspension bolt customer orderd parts M10 Reference Suspension bolt pitch is adjustable within 10mm in sidewise direction Since there is no adjustment allowance in back and forth direction determine the position exactly with a measure Lap margin between ceiling and panel is 30mm Unit mm Mark Models FDTS22...

Page 854: ...tached pattern before fixing the indoor unit c Fixing of Suspension bolt Fix the bolts securely as shown below or by any other adequate means d Installation Insert Concrete Suspension bolt M10 Hole in anchor bolt Hole in plug Unit Duct connection opening for blowing through lowered ceiling Drain pump box Suspension fixture 4 places Detail Section A Ceiling board Panel mounting hole Pattern A 25 Pa...

Page 855: ...e clamp e When there are plural number of drain pipes arrange to position the converging pipe at about 100mm below the drain outlet as shown below Use a pipe of VP 30 or higher for the converging pipe f Make sure to provide the thermal insulation for the hard vinyl chloride pipe and drain socket provided indoor g Air bleed should not be provided in any event When it is necessary to raise the drain...

Page 856: ... 1 Open the inlet grille and remove the air block panel from the inside Remove the 2 screws Drain piping connection port Fill from outlet port Pour water into a convex joint Connect the remote control switch and set to cooling operation The drain pump will operate with the compressor on Test whether or not the water is draining while listening to the operating sounds of the electric motor for the ...

Page 857: ...Use the 5 panel mounting screws to secure the panel 4 Use the opening to connect the connectors for the louver motor and limit switches 5 Reinstall the wind shield plate c Installation on higher ceiling Adhere the insulation materials on the blow outlet of the indoor unit All others are same as the standard installation Detail of Section A Sliding direction Ceiling opening Opening Connector Approx...

Page 858: ...ing such as thermal insulation of the unit prperly c Avoid installation and use at those place listed below 1 Places exposed to oil splashes or steam e g kitchens and machine plants Installation and use at such places incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or damage in molded synthetic vesin parts 2 Places where corrosive gas such as sulfurous acid gas or infl...

Page 859: ...s does not match it can be adjusted with the slot holes of mounting bracket Unit mm Mark Models A 786 986 1406 980 1180 1600 1040 1240 1660 B C FDR22 28 45 56 type FDR71 80 type FDR112 140 type Unit mm Mark Models A 786 986 1406 804 1004 1424 864 1064 1484 B C FDR22 28 45 56 type FDR71 80 type FDR112 140 type 545 690 30 750 Suspension bolt pitch Celing hole pitch Panel dimensions Celing panel lap ...

Page 860: ...as shown below f Installation of decorative panel 1 Case of silent panel a Accessory b Installation procedures 1 Remove the inner frame of panel How to remove the panel inner frame Detach from pins A in the order of arrow 1 2 Open slightly as the arrow 3 and move toward the arrow 4 and detach from pin B PVC hose 0 5 mm Piping side Supply water Water level Bring the piping side slightly lower High ...

Page 861: ...frame has the orientation 3 Lock the former 2 and remaining 2 set screws 4 Install the panel inner frame in the reverse order of removal 2 Case of canvas panel Canvas duct option is necessary to install the canvas panel a Accessory b Mounting procedures 1 Install the canvas duct option 4 places on the Indoor unit Indoor unit Canvas duct 2 Round head screw Symbol Q ty 4 8 4 4 4 Name Position 1 2 3 ...

Page 862: ... arrow direction and detach from pin B 3 Install the chains on the panel outer frame 4 places 4 Install the panel outer frame Procedures of installation Secure the holder tentatively as shown below 4 places Remove Panel outer frame Panel inner frame Pin A Pin B Panel outer frame Panel inner frame 1 2 3 4 Indoor unit 4 Holder 3 Round head screw Abt 20 mm Holder Canvas duct Panel outer frame 2 Round...

Page 863: ...for 2 spot 2 Shield the supply air port around the center for 3 spot Limit the difference in length between spots at less than 2 1 Reduce the length of duct as much as possible Reduce the number of bends as much as possible Corner R should be as larger as possible 1 spot FDR22 type FDR71 90 type FDR112 140 type FDR28 45 56 type 2 spot 2 3 spot 1 3 4 spot 1 Ceiling material When hooking the chain m...

Page 864: ...et cannot be used b Exhaust Make sure to use also the air intake Use the side exhaust port Attachment of ceiling material Ceiling material can be attached to the panel innern frame Plate thickness max 15mm Attachment procedures 1 Remove the stopper 2 Remove the ornament plate and attach the ceiling material 3 Hold down the ceiling material and return the stopper in position Note 1 If the ceiling m...

Page 865: ...as shown in the sketch below Use VP 30 or thicker pipe for this purpose 5 Be sure to provide heat insulation to hard PVC pipes of indoor placement 6 Do not ever provide an vent 7 The height of the drain head may be elevated up to a point 600mm from the bottom of unit and when an obstacle exists in the ceiling space elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget Whe...

Page 866: ...re the drain plug to the original position 10 Drainage from the lower drain socket Only if the drain pipe can be in stalled in a downhill grade 1 50 1 100 the lower drain socket can be used for connecting to the drain pipe as illustrated Disconnect the connector for the drain motor As shown in the sketch to the ri ght disconnect the drain motor connector CnR blue color codi ng Caution If the syste...

Page 867: ...ime obtain the consent on the part of your client user a Places where chilled or heated air circulates freely When the installation height exceeds 3m warmed air stays close to the ceiling In such cases suggest your client users to install air circulators b Places where perfect drainage can be prepared and sufficient drainage gradient is available c Places free from air disturbances to the return a...

Page 868: ... blower unit are set at the standard selection at the shipping from factory Where the static pressure is raised by changeing the connection of connectors provided at the flank of control box as shown below 786 986 1406 Models FDUM36 45 56 type FDUM71 90 type FDUM112 140 type A Mark Unit mm 545 A Insert Hole in anchor bolt Hole in plug Suspension bolt M10 Concrete Suspension bolt M10 Washer M10 nut...

Page 869: ...rt cannot be used therefore take air from the midway air intake port along the intake duct Exhaust Make sure to use suction as well c Use a side exhaust port 3 Duct connection Use intake and exhaust duct flange of separately sold for connection of 125mm round duct to connect 125mm round duct The duct clamped by bands must be thermally insulated to prevent dew condensation 4 Return air duct to be p...

Page 870: ... obstacle exists in the ceiling space elevate the piping to avoid the obstacle using an elbow or corresponding gadget When doing this if the stretch for the needed height is too high the back flow quantity of drain at the time of interruption of the operation gets too much and it may cause overflow at the drain pan Therfore make the height of the drain pipe withing the distance given in the drawin...

Page 871: ...restore the drain plug to the original position 10 Drainage from the lower drain socket Only if the drain pipe can be in stalled in a downhill grade 1 50 1 100 the lower drain socket can be used for connecting to the drain pipe as illustrated Disconnect the connector for the drain motor As shown in the sketch to the right disconnect the drain motor con nector CnR blue color coding If the system is...

Page 872: ...A place where the space shown below may be secured 6 This unit uses a mincrocomputer as a control device Therefore avoid installing the unit near the equipment that generates strong electromagnetic waves and noise b Installation preparation 1 Drilling of holes for interconnecting piping and wiring a Drill a hole through the wall in accordance with the piping diameter We recommend using a hole saw ...

Page 873: ...ove a fixing bolt of the side panel 2 Unhook four hooks marked by sliding the side panel in front side about 10mm and detach the side panel from the unit Position of the hooks Models Mark A 1000 1260 1470 B 900 1160 1370 C 984 1244 1454 D 938 1198 1408 FDE36 45 56 type FDE71 112 type FDE140 type Unit mm When the suspension brackets face in When the suspension brackets face out A 650 240 275 140 5 ...

Page 874: ...the unit is half recessed into the ceiling the suspension brackets facing outside a Open a hole in the ceiling large enough for the unit and necessary installation work Fill up the excess opening after the installation work is finished Ceiling boards 25 45 mm Suspension bolt M8 M10 3 8 Suspension bracket accessory parts Hexagonal nuts accessory parts Flat washer accessory parts Suspension bracket ...

Page 875: ...proper gradient for drainage is needed as shown below In right and left directions Front and rear directions Note 1 In case of left hand side drainage the gradient will be to the opposite side Caution In case of gradient is contrary water may leak out Indoor side of drain pipe must be thermally insulated Unit upper side Ceiling board FDE36 45 56 71 FDE112 140 80 24 10 10 10 160 Suspension bolts Fl...

Page 876: ...conveniently 6 On the solid floor 7 Where the unit is not exposed directly to sun light 8 Place where corrosive gas such as sulfurous acid gas or inflammable gas thinner gasoline etc is generated or remains Installation and use at such places will cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthetic resin parts 9 Where a complete draining can be assured 10 Where a sufficient space ...

Page 877: ... the right and left panels from the Indoor unit Remove screws first move slightl to remove 4 Remove the lower panel from the Indoor unit It can be remove if 3 screws are loosened but not removed 5 Secure the mounting plate with screws at a selected place on the wall When the wall is made of concrete use the marketed anchor bolts M6 Wall Wall Outdoor Indoor ø 70 mm Sleeve Sleeve Cut the sleeve for ...

Page 878: ...from top Hook slightly at left at first and return to right 7 Fix the indoor unit on the mounting plate with a screw 8 Install the lower panel at the original position 9 Install the right and left side panels at their original position 10 This is all for the installation ...

Page 879: ...mmable gas thinner gasoline etc is generated or remains Installation and use at such place will cause corrosion in the heat exchanger and damage in molded synthtic resin parts 9 Where a complete draining can be assured 10 Where a sufficient space can be reserved for service Floor standing installation Floor fixation Wall fixation 8 Floor standing exposed type FDFL a Selection of installation locat...

Page 880: ... wall is as follows c Remove the front and side panels When fixed on the floor When fixed on the wall When fixed on the wall 30 Wall Hole for piping wiring on floor When fixed on the floor 2 places 4 places Hole for piping wiring on wall Bolt for wall mounting Wall Indoor Outdoor Sleeve Ø70 86 mm Sealing plate Wall Sleeve Case front panel Case side panel Case side panel Case front panel Case front...

Page 881: ...Refer to the page 779 when it is instralled on the wall 1 Detach the front panel 2 Remote controller installation Attach the lower case with the screws M4 128 accessory 3 Remote controller wiring a Connect the terminals between the remote controller and the control box as per these wire color codes X red Y white Z biack using the wires included in the kit b The wires should have a surplus length o...

Page 882: ... such places will incur deteriorations in the performance or corrosion with the heat exchanger or damage in molded synthetic resin parts 5 Where pipes and wires can be arranged conveniently 6 On the solid floor 7 Where the unit is not exposed directly to sun light 8 Places where corrosive gas such as sulfurous acid gas or inflammable gas thinner gasoline etc is generated or remains Installation an...

Page 883: ...installation a Position of mounting bracket fixing bolts Drill holes by referring to figures below Note 1 Be sure to use a bolt of the length for wall mouning b The methed of drilling the wall is as follows When fixed on the floor When fixed on the wall When fixed on the wall 30 mm Wall Hole for piping wiring on floor When fixed on the floor 2 places 4 places Hole for piping wiring on wall Bolt fo...

Page 884: ...ut with a file or other c Secure the remote controller lower case on the wall with 2 pieces of wood screws d Connect the remote controller cords with the terminal block Make sure to align the terminal numbers on the indoor unit and the remote controller Polarities are specified on the ter minal block so that the unit will not be operated if the cords are connected improperly Terminals X red wire Y...

Page 885: ...ange the wire size as follows 100 200 m 0 50 mm2 3 core wires 300 m 0 75 mm2 3 core wires 400 m 1 25 mm2 3 core wires 600 m 2 00 mm2 3 core wires Make sure to ground one side only of the shielding wire Switch Function SW1 C Model type Cooling only H Model type Heat pump model SW2 ON Remote control sensor Valid OFF Remote control sensor Invalid SW3 ON Power failure compensation Provided OFF Power f...

Page 886: ...the snow hood take care so that their outlet of the snow hood will not face directly into the most windy direction Design the base higher than possible snow deposit h A place where air outlet port is not exposed to strong wind 2 Installation space A place with enough space for air inlet air outlet and service space a Independent installation 1 Standard oblique blow or up blow 2 Side blow Wall heig...

Page 887: ...ght H3 Wall height H1 Wall height H2 Wall height H4 Service space Air inlet L3 Wall height H3 Wall height H1 Wall height H2 Wall height H4 L3 W1 W2 W3 L1 L4 L2 L4 L3 L2 L1 L1 500 L2 0 L3 300 L4 0 L1 500 L2 1 000 L3 300 L4 1 000 H1 1 000 H2 No limitation H3 700 H4 No limitation H1 1 000 H2 No limitation H3 700 H4 No limitation Note 1 When the wall heights H1 and H3 exceed the limited value keep dim...

Page 888: ...nstalling more than 3 rows with the oblique blow in lengthwise change the blow direction of the group in the central row units excluding the both end rows to the up blow option This group blows to the wall and also opposes to the units at the rear in the suction face For the example shown below the uppermost group in the second row falls under the above notes 6 Install the rack that stores the pip...

Page 889: ...tion of a place where it is installed by referring to the following a Fix the unit to the foundation with anchor bolts FDC140 type FDC224 280 type Use rigging wires that are resistant to corrosion and sufficient in strengh For example SUS304 W1 wire thickness 2 9 mm Ring with wires Fix the unit using achor bolts Position of anchor bolt M10 4 places Service panel side Position of anchor bolt M10 4 ...

Page 890: ... condensation 2 Don t perform refrigerant piping work while it rains 3 To suspend outdoor piping work perform curing to prevent water admission Bad effects of water Capillary tube and expansion valve clogging Refrigerant hydrolysis Acid generation Iron copper corrosion Crystal foreign material clathrate compound genera tion resulting from reaction on refrigerating machine oil c Don t admit dust or...

Page 891: ... line Liquid line Gas line Liquid line Gas line Liquid line 1 2 3 4 7 8 Notes Notes 1 If adjustment is required between the branch connection and the unit port always make the adjustment on the branch connection side 2 The selection of piping size and branch piping total all the indoor unit down flow capacity for that piping and branch piping 1 The gas side flow divider pipe is insulated 2 Cut pip...

Page 892: ...e 71 Indoor unit piping size 36 Indoor unit piping size 36 Selecting piping size Selection procedure Piping size in Gasline ø28 58 ø25 4 ø19 05 ø19 05 ø19 05 ø15 88 ø19 05 ø15 88 ø15 88 ø12 7 ø12 7 ø12 7 ø15 88 ø12 7 ø12 7 Liquid line ø12 7 ø12 7 ø9 52 ø9 52 ø9 52 ø9 52 ø9 52 ø9 52 ø9 52 ø6 35 ø6 35 ø6 35 ø9 52 ø6 35 ø6 35 Item A B C D E F G a b c d e f g h Total capacity of the connected indoor u...

Page 893: ...25 4 1 Brazing φ12 7 1 2 Flare FDC280 type φ28 58 11 8 φ12 7 1 2 Unit mm in φ 6 35 1 4 Flare nut 16 20 N m 1 6 2 0 kg m φ 9 52 3 8 Flare nut 40 50 N m 4 5 kg m φ 12 7 1 2 Flare nut 40 50 N m 4 5 kg m φ 15 88 5 8 Flare nut 90 120 N m 9 12 kg m φ 19 05 3 4 Flare nut 100 140 N m 10 14 kg m 2 Indoor unit Unit mm in 4 Tightening torque 3 Connection piping specification Outer diameter and wall thickness...

Page 894: ...s piping from becoming drain water and causing leakage during cooling and to prevent people from being burned by the high temperature of the surface of the gas piping as discharge gas flows through it 2 Use heat insulation pipe cover on the flare connection sections of the indoor unit Insulate both the gas and liquid piping 3 Insulate both the gas and liquid piping Apply the insulation so that is ...

Page 895: ...for R22 2 Charge cylinder should not be used Otherwise the refrigerant composition may change when charging R407C into the cylinder 3 Refrigerant should be charged in the liquid phase from the container Charging the refrigerant in the gaseous phase could change the refrigerant composition substantially 4 Volume of refrigerant to be taken out in the liquid phase from the container should be up to 9...

Page 896: ... the conditions that indoor units are connected so that the total capacity becomes the mximum against each outdoor unit Earth leakage breaker Circuit breaker Power supply wire r4 r2 r2 r1 3 5 38 30 25 5 5 46 40 30 8 0 47 60 50 Item Model FDC140 type FDC224 type FDC280 type Power source Power supply wire size mm2 Wire length m Circuit breaker Switch capacity A Reted current A Earth leakage breaker ...

Page 897: ...tage wires 220 240 V or 380 415 V to signal wires as these wires are DC 5V Signal wires should be connected so that the terminal Nos conform with each other for between outdoor and between indoor units However they will work properly if different polarities are connected Connect A and A B and B Do not strand or run the remote control cord with power line electric line etc The total length of the s...

Page 898: ... Z X Y Z A B L N X Y Z X Y Z A B L N Signal wire Between outdoor and indoor units Signal wire Between indoor units Remote controller Remote controller II I Indoor unit Indoor unit side power supply wire Outdoor unit Do not connect high voltage wire 380 415V to signal wires as these wires are DC 5V Signal wires should be connected so that the terminal Nos conform with each other for between outdoor...

Page 899: ... A B A B A B A B Outdoor signal teminal block Indoor signal terminal block Double cores 0 75 2 mm2 Total length of signal wires 1000 m or less Double cores 0 75 2 mm2 Total length of signal wires 1000 m or less Double cores 0 75 2 mm2 Total length of signal wires 1000 m or less 7 mm or less A B Outdoor unit A B Indoor unit A B Outdoor unit A B Indoor unit A B Outdoor unit A B Indoor unit A B Outdo...

Page 900: ...e shown in the drawing below 2 Connect each of the indoor units for group controlling 3 cables a Connect the cables to the terminal blocks of X Y and Z for the indoor unit remote controller Since the cables have polarity be sure to connect them to terminal blocks with the same numbers b Use cables of more than 0 5 mm2 Flexible and easily moved c The total length of cables for crossover connection ...

Page 901: ...d never be duplicated a Auto address setting This setting is used when wiring on the basis of outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor No 49 00 47 00 47 Indoor unit Indoor No 49 49 00 47 Address setting method Auto address Remote control address Manual address Outdoor No 49 49 00 47 On indoor PCB SW1 2 blue SW3 4 green SW1 2 green On outdoor PCB For setting of indoor No orders of 10 and 1 For setting of ...

Page 902: ...an speed switch while holding down both the switches Check and Timer Memory of address is erased If the power supply to the indoor and outdoor units is turned off later the system returns to the state of no address setting Then one of the three address setting methods can be selected by changing combinations of the address switches b Setting of remote control addresses This setting is used when co...

Page 903: ...ey are retained on the microcomputer even after turning power off If you need to change the address proceed as follows Change of address Hold down the Check switch on the remote controller for more than 5 seconds Outdoor No on display flashes and you can set new addresses Set the outdoor and indoor address Nos same as described above New addresses can be set Erasing the addresses set by the remote...

Page 904: ... input at shipment from factory off Defrosting off makes easier to start defrosting Countermeasure for snow Turns the outdoor fan ON for 10 sec at every 10 min at outdoor temperature 3 C or under Detail of selected control 1 Using the address switch green on the outdoor unit PCB set the address of the outdoor unit in a range of 00 47 avoiding duplication with any other outdoor unit 2 Using the add...

Page 905: ... the center console At the time of trial operation the maximum frequencies are follows Protective devices are effectively controlled and frequen cies are controlled to become smaller 3 Cooling test run operation Cooling test run can be performed in winter a Operating method In the normal cooling mode while holding down the Temperature set switch press the Set switch Setting temperature is changed ...

Page 906: ...mote controller is reset 1 Inspection normal List of power display Section Display Section Power supply display At power ON Displays always the return air temperature and Center Remote At power ON normal Flash continuously At error Displays E1 E46 or blank depending on the kings of error At error Off or continuous glowing or irregular illumination At power ON normal Flash continuously At error Off...

Page 907: ... float SW operates with FS only Drain up kit wiring fault Indoor outdoor transmission error Wire A and B swapping after power ON Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stay OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF or Lights continuously Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Remote controller error code No indication E1 E2 E3 E5 E6 E7 E9 E10 E11 Cause R...

Page 908: ...en or reversal phase 52C1 or 52C2 secondary side L3 phase wiring is open Inverters error Remote controller thermistor failure Indoor outdoor unit connected error Discharge temperature abnormality Discharge temperature thermistor failure 63H1 operation Outside temperature sensor failure The number of connectable units is exceeded Transmission error between inverter and outdoor unit PCB Power transi...

Page 909: ... set over the specified value at remote control addressing A stop occurs when this abnormality occurs for 2 seconds running at 130 C After a stop for 3 minutes an recovery is automatically made An abnormal stop occurs when this abnormality occurs twice for 60 minutes The abnormal state is held for 45 minutes When the L3 phase current on the secondary side of 52C2 exceeds the setting for 0 5 second...

Page 910: ...icated When it is abnormal E is indicated L is indicated when the temperature is 26 C or below and the actual temperature is indicated when it is higher than 26 C and up to 73 C L is indicated when the temperature is 21 C or below and the actual temperature is indicated when it is higher than 21 C and up to 43 C L is indicated when the temperature is 6 C or below and the actual temperature is indi...

Page 911: ...equency medical machine rectifier motor application device thyristor broadcast transmission tower power transmission line power line of electric train automatic door motor elevator voltage drop wireless telephone high voltage power distribution line computer personal computer and their cables These do not necessarily always cause problems but they can be a source of electrical noise Are the return...

Page 912: ...t parts releated to indoor unit printed circuit board Electric components on and around the microcomputer Indoor unit printed circuit board thermistor Return air heat exchanger remote controller switch limit switch transformer fuse Note 1 Judges the troubles on the parts of driving power circuit or cooling cycle with the ordinary check method A void supply from the same distribution board to preve...

Page 913: ...jumper wires Name Function With Setting of 4 position angle of louver Setting of 4 position angle of louver 4 position louver control Valid Filter sign Valid Filter sign Invalid Normal operation operable Operation permission prohibited 4 position louver control Invalid Heating thermostat OFF Intermittent operation Expansion valve aperture Fixed at current aperture Expansion valve aperture Normal I...

Page 914: ...ot be de termined 2 The unit which has its indoor and green LED light ing continuously or no lighting is the one with a defective indoor unit PCB 3 If it becomes normal after replacing the PCB it can be considered that the PCB is defective de fective network transmission circuit Indoor unit Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Lights continuously Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Lights continuously Outdoor unit...

Page 915: ...2 indoor CNA2 outdoor Is AC 17V checked between blue blue and AC 8V between red red Is there DC 10V checked between X red Z black of indoor unit terminal block No power supply wiring error of power line Repair Power supply reset Unit is normal Malfunction by noisse Defective remote control ler PCB Replacement Poor connection of wired remote controller cord wiring error or broken wire Repair Defect...

Page 916: ...white 3 black Power sup ply reset Is it normalized Interference by temporary noise on remote controller cords Unit is normal Remote controller normal voltage DC X Z 10 5 10 8V Y Z 5 10 8V YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO Defective indoor unit PCB NO NO Broken or poor connec tion of remote controller cord red or black Broken or poor connec tion of remote controller cord white or black Defective remote ...

Page 917: ...eturn air thermistor Th1 A Indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor Th1 R Resistance temperature characteristics Resistance kΩ YES YES NO NO Is the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor connector connection OK Correction Are characteristics of indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor OK or is there any broken wire Defective indoor unit PCB Replace ment Defective indoor unit heat exchanger themistor inpu...

Page 918: ...uit Check DM broken wire burning locking Are there any DM connector loose Are there any PCB faston terminal loose Are there any DM wires broken Defective indoor unit PCB Replacement Defective DM driving output circuit defective float switch input circuit 1 Are more than 17 units connected to a remote controller Reduce to 16 units or less YES NO Defective indoor unit PCB Replacement Une one remote ...

Page 919: ...ply line overload etc caused by the installation space inadequate volume of refrigerant etc the location and cause of trouble will be discovered without difficulty In addition the display lamps error code of indoor outdoor unit is kept flashing except when the power supply is iterrupted after the irregularity is automatically recovered to give irregularity information to the service presonnel If a...

Page 920: ...e SW3 1 SW3 2 SW3 3 SW3 4 SW3 5 SW3 6 SW3 7 SW3 8 Name Function Function of DIP switch Function Name External input level External input pulse Defrosting Normal Defrosting Cold weather region Snow protection control None Snow protection control With With None 1 With None 1 With None 1 J1 J5 J6 Note 1 None means that jumper wire is not provided on the PCB or the connection is cut None 1 None 1 With...

Page 921: ... num ber setting Unit is normal Blown fuse 3 15A Replacement Defective transformer Replcement Briken power supply wire in the unit Repair 1 Unit is normal Malfunction by noise Power supply reset Its it normalized YES NO Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement Defective network com munication circuit Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Stays OFF Indoor unit Red LED Green LED 2 time flash Keeps ...

Page 922: ...ection at out door unit terminal block and droken signal wires between out door units 2 Check the poor connection or broken signal wires between in door outdoor units Power supply ON Blown fuse Broken or loose wire at L1 L2 or N Phase Was not there the power failure YES NO 1 Did turn off the power of outdoor unit during operatioon Is it normalized YES NO Power supply reset Defective outdoor unit P...

Page 923: ...oor unit Is the unit No duplicated on outdoor units Correction YES NO Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement Defective unit No read circuit Is there antiphase on power supply YES Correction YES Correction Correction Is L3 phase open at 52C primary side NO Defective outdoor unit PCB Defective antiphase detection circuit Replace 1 YES NO Is antiphase detection circuit wired properly Note 1 When the ...

Page 924: ...ting of J2 J4 Is there overload Is compressor locked CM1 Defective 52C Broken wire on L1 or L2 phase between 52C CM or TB1 52C During cooling Is FM0 running During heating Is FM1 running Is service valve gas side opened fully Is filter clogged Is there overcharge Are adequate spaces secured for indoor or outdoor units Is there short circuit on indoor or outdoor unit Defective compressor Replace 52...

Page 925: ...wire Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor Replacement Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger themistor input circuit Outdoor unit heat exchanger themistor ThO R Resistance temperature characteristics Resistance kΩ 300 400 200 100 0 30 40 20 10 0 50 0 50 Temperature T C T 0 C T 0 C Is the outdoor air temperature thermistor connector connection OK Re...

Page 926: ...ircuit Temperature resistance characteristics of discharge gas thermistor ThO D Thermistor resistance kΩ T 80 C Thermistor resistance kΩ T 80 C Did 63H1 operate NO Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement Defective 63H1 input circuit YES At 63H1 operation 1 During cooling Is the outdoor unit fan motor operating Is there no short circuit air circulation for thr outdoor unit Is there sufficient space ...

Page 927: ...ate When this LD3 is ON see the next page Power transistor overheating 1 Does the FMO rotate YES NO NO NO YES YES Is the outdoor unit installation space proper Does the IM Inverter cooling fan rotate Defective inverter Repair Refer to 933 page Is the current U V W of the compressor at the normal level NO Is the power supply voltage correct not too hight Are the power supply wires oppropriate not t...

Page 928: ...e Approx 32A FDC280 type Approx 37A Model 35Hz 160 180 40Hz 180 210 65Hz 290 320 75Hz 330 360 95Hz 380 410 Frequency Unit V AC Inverter output voltage All models outdoor unit Disconnect the compressor wiring The compressor can operate Is the current cut function activated YES YES YES YES Defective inverter Defective inverter Is the insullation resistance of the compressor 1 proper NO NO NO NO Is t...

Page 929: ...um number of connectable units of each model is as follows FDC140 type 10 FDC224 280 type 16 2 Outdoor No setting check for indoor units to see if outdoor No is of other system 3 In case of auto addressing erase the addresses stored in memory and perform re setting Does the LED1 Green on the inverter PCB blink Is the power supply line normal YES YES YES NO NO NO Defective inverter PCB Repair Does ...

Page 930: ... coexstents in the same network Indoor unit Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Keeps flashing Red LED Green LED 1 time flash Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Are automatic address and manual address coexstent on the same network Repair to manual address Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement YES NO Power supply detected between outdoor unit terminal T5 PCB faston terminal T6 black YES NO Defective 20S Replace...

Page 931: ...more than 1 min later It is normal if it stops with 2 pushes on LS Turn off and back on again the power and check the motion of LS Ajust LS lever and check again Defective LS Replacement Defective indoor unit PCB Replacement Replace LM Note 1 LM Louver motor LS Limit swich Repair the wire Normal All of cooling blower heating thermaldry do not operate Check FM1 YES YES NO NO 1 Check with the Hi Me ...

Page 932: ...S NO YES YES YES YES NO NO Is 52C turned ON Replace 52C Does compressor 1 operate Does LED1 green on inverter PCB flash Do 7 SEG on out door unit PCB indicate 20Hz or higher NO YES Does LED2 red on inverter PCB light or flash Is voltage detected between U V W on power transistor Defective inverter Defective compressor Note 1 Set 7 SEG indicator changeover swich SW4 to 0 Defective inverter Is volta...

Page 933: ...er supply Or pull out the connector CnA2 on the outdoor unit PCB When connecting the CnA2 on the outdoor unit PCB Pull out Faston No T24 on the PCB Set 45 in outdoor unit No Turn ON the outdoor unit PCB SW3 8 Turn ON the outdoor unit power supply Open the 63H1 Turn OFF the outdoor unit power supply Return outdoor unit No to the installation state Is the 52C turned ON Does a voltage Appear at the 5...

Page 934: ...wing procedures The indoor controller is normal if the seconds and voltages as indicated at left are confirmed When the expansion valve does not operate while the voltages are detected operating sound is not heard the expansion valve is defective If the thermostat setting is changed the expansion valve will operate approx 20 seconds later Then approx 5V will be confirmed at the CnA same as above N...

Page 935: ... 7 refer to the inspection points of indoor unit on the next page Is 52C turned ON Inspect outdoor con trol PCB Defective inverter PCB Replace Check wiring between capacitor CNW and connectors YES NO Is LED1 green on inverter PCB flashing YES NO Does inverter LED2 red light or flash NO See page 934 Check error detail of LED2 red Are voltages detected at U V and W of power transistor module YES YES...

Page 936: ...ontinuity on the cables Cables must be connected properly Mark Tester probe Red Tester probe Black Noise filter check There must be a continuity Fuse check There must be continuity Check of power supply Check the power sup ply on L 1 L 2 and L 3 of terminal block TB It is normal if AC 380V is detected Noise filter 7 segment indicator Reactor continuity check Continuity check after disconnecting th...

Page 937: ...E2 45HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 45HKXE2 56HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 56HKXE2 71HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2 90HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 90HKXE2 112HKXE2B 112HKXE2 140HKXE2B 140HKXE2 FDRJ22HKXE2 FDUMJ36HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 45HKXE2B 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 56HKXE2B 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 71HKXE2B 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2B 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2B 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDKJ22HKXE2 FDFLJ28HKXE2 FDFUJ28HKXE2 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 45HKXE2 ...

Page 938: ...2 5 Piping system 996 20 2 6 Selection chart 997 20 2 7 Characteristics of fan 1011 20 2 8 Noise level 1016 20 3 ELECTRICAL DATA 1022 20 3 1 Electrical wiring 1022 20 4 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER 1032 20 5 APPLICATION DATA 1045 20 5 1 Installation of indoor unit 1046 20 5 2 Installation of the remote controller Optional Parts 1046 20 5 3 Installation of outdoor unit 1046 20 5 4 ...

Page 939: ...r conditions room temperature consistently and improves cooling or heating feeling in each room or minimize influence of shutdown in other room 2 Super lynk system Non polar 2 core signal wires for indoor outdoor units by means of the automatic polarity selection In addition the max 48 units can be controlled with a pair of signal wires The high speed transmission method same as the computer netwo...

Page 940: ...uirements in any building 9 Layout free refrigerant piping The branch type piping makes the system flexible enough to satisfy any layout plan on the floor or in a room 10 Improvement of serviceability a Failures of indoor unit and outdoor units are shown on the liquid crystal display on the remote controller Failures of indoor unit and outdoor units can be checked by remote controller b Easy check...

Page 941: ...ype FDE Wall mounted type FDK Floor standing exposed type FDFL Floor standing hidden type FDFU FDCP224HKXRE2 8 Horse Power FDCP280HKXRE2 10 Horse Power Outdoor units tobe combined FDC Model Parts Model T PSA 32W E FDT Capacity 28 36 45 56 71 90 112 140 Capacity 28 45 56 Capacity 71 90 Capacity 112 140 Capacity 28 45 56 Capacity 71 90 Capacity 112 140 Capacity 22 28 36 45 Capacity 71 Capacity 22 28...

Page 942: ...HKXE2 3 3600 4000 1 Phase 220 240V 50Hz Electronic Expansion Valve Capillary tube Line starting Possible Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas line Mounting kit Decorative Panel FDCP2001HKXRE2 2501HKXRE2 Thermostat by electronics Turbo fan 1 Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 mm in Safety equipment...

Page 943: ... Expansion Valve Capillary tube Line starting Possible Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Decorative Panel FDCP2001HKXRE2 2501HKXRE2 Thermostat by electronics Turbo fan 1 Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 Liquid line 9 52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 mm in Safety equipment Remote c...

Page 944: ... ISO T1 JIS B8616 Operation Model FDTJ90 112 140 type T PSA 32W E Panel Part No DB WB DB WB Cooling 1 27 Heating 2 20 19 35 7 24 6 Unit 260 840 840 Panel 30 950 950 Unit 320 840 840 Panel 30 950 950 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Co...

Page 945: ...el Part No DB WB DB WB Cooling 1 27 Heating 2 20 19 35 7 24 6 b 2 way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTW Models FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B Unit 280 817 620 Panel 8 1055 680 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain ...

Page 946: ... 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigera...

Page 947: ...2 3 8 Gas line 19 05 3 4 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrig...

Page 948: ...TSJ22HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 36HKXE2B Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat e...

Page 949: ... method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant piping size Noi...

Page 950: ...hase 220 240V 50Hz Electronic Expansion Valve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCP2001HKXRE2 2501HKXRE2 Thermostat by electronics Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 mm in Safety equipment Remote...

Page 951: ...ve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCP2001HKXRE2 2501HKXRE2 Thermostat by electronics Liquid line 6 35 1 4 Gas line 12 7 1 2 mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD HKX E2 Hi 43 M...

Page 952: ... Electronic Expansion Valve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 1 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCP2001HKXRE2 2501HKXRE2 Thermostat by electronics mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD HKX E2 Hi 43 Me 40 Lo 37 Hi ...

Page 953: ...ectronic Expansion Valve Capillary tube Line starting Side or back Long life filter 2 Washable Rubber sleeve for fan motor Polyurethane foam Flare piping Connectable with VP25 Necessary both Liquid Gas lines Mounting kit Silent panel Canvas panel Canvas duct FDCP2001HKXRE2 2501HKXRE2 Thermostat by electronics mm in Safety equipment Remote control switch Optional RCD HKX E2 Hi 45 Me 42 Lo 38 Hi 46 ...

Page 954: ... Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Op...

Page 955: ...52 3 8 Gas line 15 88 5 8 Nominal cooling capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refri...

Page 956: ...capacity 1 Nominal heating capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation ...

Page 957: ...weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant ...

Page 958: ... Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant piping...

Page 959: ... weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant...

Page 960: ... capacity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch I...

Page 961: ...Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refrigerant piping ...

Page 962: ...ce Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Installation data Refri...

Page 963: ...ity 2 Power source Net weight Starting method Fresh air intake Air filter Q ty Shock vibration absorber Insulation noise heat Room temperature control Connecting method Drain hose Insulation for piping Accessories Optional parts Outdoor units to be combined Motor Air flow Standard Exterior dimensions Height Width Depth Refrigerant equipment Heat exchanger Operation control Operation switch Install...

Page 964: ...capabilities imply the values when the indoor unit of rated capacity is connected under the condition specified in JIS B8616 Flow divide controller part No list 2 The refrigerant quantity in the connecting pipe is not included Charge it additionally at the site 4 When an individual flow divide controller is used a pipe part set is required Notes 3 The number 2 following the type of each model repr...

Page 965: ... 240 V Power input kW Running current A 0 09 0 10 0 40 0 44 0 10 0 12 0 45 0 49 0 10 0 12 0 47 0 50 0 11 0 13 0 50 0 55 0 17 0 20 0 75 0 81 0 21 0 24 0 93 1 02 28 36 45 56 71 90 112 140 Item Models FDTW Series FDTW Series 220 V 240 V Power input kW Running current A 0 09 0 10 0 43 0 44 0 10 0 11 0 48 0 50 0 12 0 13 0 57 0 59 0 18 0 20 0 86 0 89 0 20 0 24 0 90 0 98 28 45 56 71 90 112 140 Notes 1 Th...

Page 966: ...r input of outdoor unit Power input of indoor unit 2 Total running current Total running current A Running current of outdoor unit Running current 2 3 3 Total power factor Total power factor Total power input W 3 Total running current A Power source 100 Total operation characteristics Operation characteristic value of outdoor unit Operation characteristic value of indoor unit Example Conditions Op...

Page 967: ... operating simulataneously Below the coefficients are the same Power consumption correction coefficietnt Model FDCP2001HKXRE2 1 0 0 8 0 6 0 4 0 2 45 164 224 280 Below the coefficients are the same Total capacity of indoor units operating simulataneously Below the coefficients are the same 105 90 Power consumption correction coefficietnt Model FDCP2501HKXRE2 ...

Page 968: ...t between indoor units Indoor unit atmosphere behind ceiling temperrature and humidity 1 cycle time Stop time Voltage fluctuation Interval unbalance Compressor stop start frequency Power source voltage Voltage drop during start _ _ Within 3 of rated voltage _ Within 15 of rated voltage Indoor unit Individual flow divide controller First branch Between the outdoor unit and first branch main piping ...

Page 969: ...uspension bolts pitch Fresh air opening for ducting Exhaust air opening for ducting Holes for suspension bolts Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping 28 36 45 type φ12 7 1 2 56 71 90 type φ15 88 5 8 M10 to M8 4pcs B D C Air inlet grille Air outlet 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 210 137 187 260 30 45 or more 95 Lug for suspension bolts Control box Hole for wiring Suspension bolts...

Page 970: ...or ducting Exhaust air opening for ducting Holes for suspension bolts Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping φ19 05 3 4 M10 to M8 4pcs B A D C Air inlet grille Air outlet 630 950 295 325 700 or less Max Drain up 1000 1000 Obstacle or more or more 55 25 160 33 80 113 140 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 112 100 60 140 42 140 Holes for tapping screws 6 φ4 0 270 137 187 95 320 30 Control box ...

Page 971: ...t 230 310 364 405 207 148 227 620 20 10 20 10 Liquid piping 28 45 tipe φ6 35 1 4 56 type φ9 52 3 8 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Gas piping 28 45type φ12 7 1 2 56 type φ15 88 5 8 Drain VP25 condensate pump drain Hole for wiring Ceiling hole size 95 120 278 264 310 91 64 47 98 Holes of tapping screws 5 φ4 Hole Suspension fitting Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs Fresh air opening for ducting knock out VIEW ...

Page 972: ...uspension fitting Fresh air opening for ducting knock out Holes of taping screws 5 φ4 Hole Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Drain VP25 condensate pump drain Hole for wiring or more or more 100 or more 100 or more 1500 1500 Obstruction 1000or more 750 or less Max Drain up Holes for tapping screws 8 φ4 Exhaust air opening for ductin...

Page 973: ...0 825 70 50 775 90 Suspension bolts pitch 446 97 97 640 Ceiling hole size Control box Center of panel Drain hose Accessories Local setting 66 20 78 128 20 612 240 1524 672 66 295 325 8 345 255 100 140 Holes for tapping screws 8 ø4 Exhaust air opening for ducting knock out 750 or less Max drain up Hole Hole 240 200 240 200 Air inlet Air outlet 1680 45 45 1770 160 160 360 680 20 620 410 364 310 230 ...

Page 974: ...ck out Max Drain up 990 Suspension bolts pitch 600 Suspension bolts pitch Panel center 710 Ceiling hole size 770 50 85 125 920 245 45 1200 1290 45 30 205 30 115 100 235 165 194 600 or less 10 100 or more 1000 or more 100 or more 100 or more 140 70 200 250 150 50 100 290 50 435 180 90 60 25 168 85 940 Suspension bolts M10 4 pcs 555 35 45 70 290 45 25 40 60 315 285 70 Gas piping φ12 7 1 2 Liquid pip...

Page 975: ...ng for ducting Knock out Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Holes for tapping screws φ4 6pcs Holes for tapping screws φ4 6pcs 70 70 140 45 150 250 200 50 50 35 100 100 Suspension bolts M10 4pcs 100 1200 200 295 325 165 194 600 or less 10 Max Drain up C A B 70 30 210 1180 Air outlet Air inlet grille 30 170 110 85 770 50 45 45 45 1410 1500 290 140 140 70 70 40 60 90 100 35 Drain VP25 110 Conden...

Page 976: ...50 345 750 Drain VP25 Natural drainage Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Hole for wiring φ35 Air inlet Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Suspension bolts M10 4pcs Air inlet 100 or more 1000 or more 100 or more 50 or more Obstacle Drain hose Accessories Local setting 284 Control box Panel center 270 275 433 786 Suspension bolts pitch 353 137 71 ...

Page 977: ...90 45 545 Suspension bolt pitch 525 Ceiling hole size Panel center Control box 804 Ceiling hole size 786 Suspension bolts pitch 9 9 284 69 69 Drain hose Accessories Load setting Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Drain Connectable with VP25 Liquid piping φ6 35 1 4 Gas piping φ12 7 1 2 59 71 Supply air duct 405 150 φ170 150 90 Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out Fresh air opening for duc...

Page 978: ...with VP25 Liquid piping 28 45 type φ6 35 1 4 56 type φ9 52 3 8 Supply air duct Control box 405 150 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out 295 325 650 or less 250 MIN 95 480 80 635 510 465 405 245 φ200 MIN 225 Max Drain up MIN 320 355 369 40 460 185 320 750 MIN 206 MIN 156 MIN 81 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Suspension bolts M10 4pcs Hole for wiring φ35 φ170 205 213 φ149 Holes for tapping screws 90...

Page 979: ... VP25 Gas piping 28 45 type φ12 7 1 2 56 type φ15 88 5 8 Local setting 284 150 405 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out 295 325 250 Hole for wiring φ35 460 260 40 405 465 480 510 635 80 149 199 274 299 150 300 600 or less 35 245 Drain VP20 Natural drainage 320 750 185 φ200 130 Canvas duct Optional parts Max Drain up φ170 φ170 φ149 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 205 213 90 Exhaust air opening f...

Page 980: ... 453 Control box 71 45 45 75 70 137 284 69 59 C 275 270 500 150 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out 950 285 285 165 215 A B MIN 225 MIN 320 650 or less Suspension bolts M10 4pcs φ200 Drain VP20 Natural drainage Max Drain up 295 325 80 MIN 81 MIN 95 MIN 156 MIN 206 355 369 Hole for wiring φ35 460 250 40 405 465 480 510 635 45 Holes for tapping screws 4 φ4 0 150 φ170 φ170 φ149 90 Exhaust air ope...

Page 981: ... drainage Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Fresh air opening for ducting Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Knock out Knock out B 90 600 or less Max Drain up 130 45 90 70 M10 4pcs Suspension bolts Panel center Control box Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 Drain VP20 C A 1000 100 100 50 or more or more or more or more Hole for wiring 4 φ4 Holes of tapping sc...

Page 982: ...ock out Knock out Knock out B Air inlet Air inlet 90 650 or less Max Drain up Suspension bolts Control box Panerl center Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 Drain VP20 C A 76 Hole for wiring 4 φ4 Holes of tapping screws φ170 φ170 φ149 φ200 I D φ35 Silent Panel Model R PNLS 46W E 205 213 150 45 1660 1570 45 75 45 40 235 320 320 1370 320 175 69 45 70 275 270 495 150 480 405 465 75 45 58 663 ...

Page 983: ...s Local setting Gas piping M10 4pcs Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Knock out Knock out B Air inlet Air inlet 90 600 or less Max Drain up Suspension bolts Control box Panel center Supply air duct Canvas duct Optional parts Drain Connecteble with VP25 Drain VP20 C A 71 59 Hole for wiring 4 φ4 Holes of tapping screws φ170 φ170 φ149 φ200 φ35 Canvas Panel Model R PNLC 46W E 205 213 150 45 45 4...

Page 984: ... 199 149 40 185 320 245 205 213 284 18 18 80 59 71 45 118 130 35 472 Suspension bolts pitch Drain hose Accessories Local setting Natural drainage Gas piping 36 45 type φ12 7 1 2 56 type φ15 88 5 8 M10 4pcs Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out A 90 600 or less Control box Suspension bolts Return air duct Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 Drain ...

Page 985: ... Return air duct Drain VP20 Hole for wiring Inspection space Holes for tapping screws φ200 80 18 213 205 59 71 950 18 45 118 284 986 Suspension bolts pitch Unit mm VIEW A Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 472 Suspension bolts pitch Drain hose Accessories Local setting Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 Fresh air opening for ducting Knock out Exhaust air opening for ducting Knock out A 90 Control box Supply air duct Drai...

Page 986: ...aust air opening for ducting Knock out A 90 Control box Return air duct Supply air duct Drain Connectable with VP25 B Inspection space 4 φ4 Holes of tapping screws Holes for tapping screws φ149 φ170 φ170 1250 620 150 213 205 60 45 1280 45 35 70 240 18 1370 45 118 58 76 80 18 1720 100 35 210 60 284 295 325 Natural drainage M10 4pcs 600 or less Suspension bolts Drain VP20 Holes for wiring φ200 Max D...

Page 987: ...eneath the ceiling When the unit is half recesed a bove the ceiling 50 15 1244 Suspension bolts pitch 1160 Suspension bolts pitch 15 Drain hole connection Air inlet grille 30 20 290 Liquid piping φ9 52 3 8 Gas piping φ15 88 5 8 10 46 Obstacles 100 or more 150 or more 300 or more 5 or more Drain piping connection Air outlet Holes for suspension bolts M8 to M10 4 pcs Not included The brackets face i...

Page 988: ...ir inlet grille Holes for suspension bolts M8 to M10 4pcs Not included 174 66 584 275 135 Liguid piping Gas piping 94 46 185 650 225 266 Drain hole connection 1 The brackets face out 15 1454 Suspension bolts pitch 15 When the unit is half recesed a bove the ceiling The brackets face interior 30 1470 1410 30 50 1370 Suspension bolts pitch 50 150 239 246 7 When the unit is suspended beneath the ceil...

Page 989: ...0 55 60 20 20 25 25 25 20 20 Mounting plate φ 6 35 1 4 Hole on wall for rear connection Drain hose 0 7 m φ70 65 10 194 4 64 Outlet for electric wiring Outlet for piping On both side 8 58 90 7 7 or more or more or more 200 200 150 A 65 10 194 4 64 Outlet for electric wiring Outlet for piping On both side 8 58 90 7 7 or more or more or more 200 200 150 A 1148 486 130 23 486 23 375 280 59 908 Piping ...

Page 990: ...ounting part Control box Air filter Note 1 Value in indicates 71 type Unit mm Unit mm Space for installation and service Space for installation and service Detail of mounting plate VIEW A Rear side 1436 387 130 23 387 486 23 375 280 59 1196 Piping cover Gas piping φ 9 52 3 8 Liquid piping 55 105 608 712 φ8 48 pcs Available space for rear connection Holes on mounting plate 65 108 155 1306 377 5 155...

Page 991: ... 1000 Peri cover 600 100 100 Control box 315 722 1007 184 234 810 1095 80 30 750 1035 Drain piping Flexible tube PT20A female screw Expansion valve box Air filter Gas piping Accessory 28 45type ø12 7 1 2 56 71type ø15 88 5 8 Liquid piping 28 45type ø6 35 1 4 56 71type ø9 52 3 8 i Floor standing hidden type FDFU Models FDFUJ28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 Space for installation and service Unit mm ...

Page 992: ... C 8336 Switch box for 1 piece without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left Switch box for 2 pieces use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left without cover use of the mark hole as illustrated on the left when installing the cover Notes 1 Allowable length of remote controller cable 600 m 0 3mm2 3cores O D φ5 6 LCD display 120 Wall Wire Recessed Junction box Locally Purchased ...

Page 993: ...piping connection pipe Outdoor refrigerant piping connection pipe Hanging bolt position M10 provided at site Accessory discharge gas pipe with strainer Indoor connection wire length 200 with insert terminal Indoor refrigerant piping connection pipe Liquid pipe φ9 52 3 8 flare with in cluded different diameter adapter coupling φ6 35 1 4 pipe Indoor refrigerant piping connection pipe Gas pipe φ15 88...

Page 994: ...Service space Power supply entry hole φ50 Piping and wiring bottom pass through hole φ100 Drain waste water hole 6 φ20 Anchor bolt hole 4 locations for M10 Drain waste water hose hole φ45 205 250 Refrigerant liquid piping connection pipe φ12 7 1 2 flare Refrigerant Intake gas piping connection pipe 2001 with φ25 4 1 pipe 2501 with φ28 58 1 1 8 pipe Dimensions after connecting included refrigerant ...

Page 995: ... of ceiling material type Panel part No Type Panel color Applicable model TW PSA 22W E TW PSA 32W E TW PSA 42W E With Auto swing Pearl white FDTW28 45 56 type FDTW71 90 type FDTW112 140 type Panel part No Type Panel color Applicable model TW PSB 28W E TW PSB 38W E TW PSB 48W E With Auto swing Misty white FDTW28 45 56 type FDTW71 90 type FDTW112 140 type Air inlet Pearl white Air outlet ...

Page 996: ... f Ceiling suspension type FDE Panel part No Type Panel color Applicable model TS PSA 26W E TS PSA 36W E With Auto swing Misty white FDTS22 28 36 45 type FDTS71 type Panel Ceramic white Air inlet grille Ceramic white Ceramic white Ceramic white Front panel Gray Vertical fins Ceramic white Front panel Ceramic white Side panel Gray Frame Ceramic white Air inlet grille Ceramic white ...

Page 997: ...U Zinc steel plate 2 Outdoor unit Models FDCP224HKXRE2 280HKXRE2 1 Side plate 2 Front panel 3 Air inlet grill 4 Air outlet louver 5 Bottom plate 6 Right and Left louvers No Parts name Color Ceramic white Light gray Dark gray Air outlet grill Ceramic white Body Black Bottom plate Polar white 1 2 3 1 4 6 5 ...

Page 998: ...rge piping temperature control Th O C For dome bottom temperature control Th I R For fan control during heating For frost prevention during cooling 4 Flow divide controller solenoid valve action chart SVH SVC Closed Closed Power supply OFF Closed Open Power supply ON Closed Open Cool ing 1 Open Closed Heat ing 1 Closed Open Blower Closed Open Detrost Note 1 Including for pauses stops and errors 2 ...

Page 999: ... correction coefficient Cooling Heating Outdoor dry bulb temperature CDB Indoor dry bulb temperature CDB Range in which use is possible Cooling Heating Indoor wet bulb temperature CWB Outdoor wet bulb temperature CWB b Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to one way length of refrigerant piping Note 1 Equivalent piping length can be obtained by calculating as follows Equivalent p...

Page 1000: ... between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference Adjustment coefficient 15 m 0 03 10 m 0 02 5 m 0 01 11 0 95 9 0 94 7 0 93 5 0 91 3 0 88 1 0 86 1 0 87 3 0 92 5 1 00 20 m 0 04 25 m 0 05 30 m 0 06 Height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit in the vertical height difference Adjustment coefficient Air inlet temperature of outdoor unit in C WB Adjustment coeff...

Page 1001: ...ditions Unit 50 Hz Outdoor unit FDCP2501HKXRE2 1 unit Indoor unit FDTJ90HKXE2 1 unit FDTJ140HKXE2 1 unit FDTWJ28HKXE2B 1 unit FDTSJ22HKXE2B 1 unit Piping length Shall be common among units 60 meters suitable length Difference in height between indoor and 15 meters outdoor units Outdoor unit is lower Air conditions Outdoor air temperature 33 CDB Indoor temperature 26 CDB 19 CWB 90 280 1 Total conne...

Page 1002: ...C 4 05 4 01 3 97 3 93 3 89 3 84 3 80 20 0 CWB TC 5 03 4 93 4 83 4 73 4 64 4 52 4 40 SHC 4 07 4 03 3 99 3 96 3 92 3 88 3 84 21 0 CWB TC 5 15 5 06 4 96 4 86 4 75 4 65 4 55 SHC 4 09 4 05 4 02 3 98 3 94 3 91 3 87 22 0 CWB TC 5 27 5 18 5 08 4 98 4 88 4 78 4 68 SHC 4 1 4 0 4 0 4 0 3 9 3 9 3 9 Air flow m 3 min Model FDTJ56HKXE2 15 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 17 0 CWB TC 5 78 5 66 5 52 5 36 ...

Page 1003: ...r flow m 3 min Model FDTJ112HKXE2 28 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 11 57 11 32 11 04 10 73 10 42 10 12 9 83 SHC 8 71 8 60 8 47 8 33 8 20 8 07 7 94 18 0 CWB TC 11 91 11 66 11 39 11 10 10 81 10 52 10 23 SHC 8 76 8 65 8 54 8 41 8 29 8 16 8 04 19 0 CWB TC 12 22 11 95 11 69 11 45 11 20 10 89 10 57 SHC 8 79 8 68 8 57 8 47 8 37 8 24 8 11 20 0 CWB TC 12 52 12...

Page 1004: ...04 2 97 2 90 2 83 SHC 2 64 2 62 2 60 2 58 2 56 2 54 2 51 22 0 CWB TC 3 29 3 23 3 16 3 10 3 05 2 98 2 92 SHC 2 66 2 64 2 61 2 59 2 58 2 55 2 53 Air flow m 3 min Model FDTSJ36HKXE2B 12 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 3 73 3 64 3 56 3 46 3 35 3 26 3 15 SHC 3 20 3 16 3 13 3 09 3 04 3 01 2 96 18 0 CWB TC 3 84 3 75 3 66 3 58 3 49 3 38 3 28 SHC 3 22 3 19 3 15 ...

Page 1005: ...38 2 33 2 28 2 23 SHC 2 10 2 08 2 06 2 05 2 03 2 01 2 00 22 0 CWB TC 2 58 2 53 2 48 2 43 2 40 2 35 2 29 SHC 2 11 2 09 2 08 2 06 2 05 2 03 2 01 Air flow m 3 min Model FDRJ28HKXE2 12 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 2 90 2 83 2 77 2 69 2 60 2 54 2 45 SHC 2 58 2 55 2 52 2 49 2 46 2 43 2 40 18 0 CWB TC 2 98 2 92 2 85 2 78 2 72 2 63 2 55 SHC 2 60 2 57 2 55 2 ...

Page 1006: ... 5 51 5 46 5 40 5 33 5 27 22 0 CWB TC 8 34 8 18 8 01 7 85 7 74 7 57 7 40 SHC 5 64 5 58 5 52 5 46 5 42 5 36 5 30 Air flow m 3 min Model FDRJ90HKXE2 20 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 9 32 9 11 8 89 8 66 8 37 8 15 7 88 SHC 6 71 6 61 6 51 6 40 6 27 6 17 6 05 18 0 CWB TC 9 59 9 38 9 16 8 95 8 73 8 44 8 21 SHC 6 74 6 64 6 55 6 45 6 36 6 23 6 13 19 0 CWB TC 9...

Page 1007: ... 3 11 3 07 21 0 CWB TC 4 13 4 04 3 97 3 90 3 82 3 73 3 64 SHC 3 27 3 24 3 21 3 19 3 16 3 13 3 10 22 0 CWB TC 4 23 4 15 4 06 3 98 3 92 3 84 3 75 SHC 3 28 3 26 3 23 3 20 3 18 3 15 3 12 Air flow m 3 min Model FDUMJ45HKXE2 14 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 4 66 4 55 4 45 4 33 4 19 4 08 3 94 SHC 3 86 3 82 3 77 3 72 3 66 3 62 3 56 18 0 CWB TC 4 80 4 69 4 58 ...

Page 1008: ...10 57 10 37 10 15 9 95 9 81 9 59 9 38 SHC 6 76 6 69 6 60 6 53 6 47 6 39 6 31 Air flow m 3 min Model FDUMJ112HKXE2 28 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 11 60 11 33 11 07 10 77 10 42 10 15 9 81 SHC 8 72 8 60 8 48 8 35 8 20 8 08 7 93 18 0 CWB TC 11 94 11 67 11 40 11 13 10 86 10 51 10 21 SHC 8 77 8 66 8 54 8 42 8 31 8 16 8 04 19 0 CWB TC 12 25 12 01 11 74 11 ...

Page 1009: ... 91 4 80 4 69 SHC 3 95 3 92 3 88 3 85 3 82 3 78 3 75 Air flow m 3 min Model FDEJ56HKXE2B 14 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 5 80 5 67 5 53 5 39 5 21 5 07 4 91 SHC 4 36 4 30 4 24 4 18 4 10 4 04 3 97 18 0 CWB TC 5 97 5 84 5 70 5 57 5 43 5 25 5 11 SHC 4 39 4 33 4 27 4 21 4 16 4 08 4 02 19 0 CWB TC 6 13 6 00 5 87 5 73 5 60 5 47 5 30 SHC 4 40 4 35 4 29 4 24 ...

Page 1010: ... 18 22 0 CWB TC 16 44 16 13 15 79 15 48 15 26 14 92 14 59 SHC 10 91 10 80 10 67 10 56 10 47 10 35 10 23 Air flow m 3 min f FDK Series Model FDKJ22HKXE2 9 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 2 27 2 22 2 17 2 11 2 05 1 99 1 93 SHC 2 04 2 02 2 00 1 98 1 95 1 93 1 91 18 0 CWB TC 2 34 2 29 2 24 2 18 2 12 2 07 2 01 SHC 2 06 2 04 2 02 2 00 1 98 1 95 1 93 19 0 CWB ...

Page 1011: ...7 7 40 SHC 6 07 6 02 5 96 5 90 5 86 5 81 5 75 Air flow m 3 min Note 1 Symbols are as follows TC Total cooling capacity kW SHC Sensible heat capacity kW Model FDKJ45HKXE2 11 5 Outdoor air temp CDB 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Indoor air temperature 17 0 CWB TC 4 66 4 55 4 45 4 33 4 19 4 08 3 94 SHC 3 54 3 49 3 44 3 39 3 33 3 28 3 22 18 0 CWB TC 4 80 4 69 4 58 4 47 4 37 4 22 4 10 SHC 3 56 3 51 3 46 3 42 3 3...

Page 1012: ... 57 2 55 2 52 2 49 2 46 2 43 19 0 CWB TC 3 06 3 00 2 93 2 87 2 80 2 73 2 65 SHC 2 62 2 59 2 57 2 54 2 52 2 49 2 46 20 0 CWB TC 3 12 3 07 3 02 2 95 2 88 2 82 2 75 SHC 2 63 2 61 2 59 2 56 2 54 2 52 2 49 21 0 CWB TC 3 21 3 14 3 09 3 04 2 97 2 90 2 83 SHC 2 64 2 62 2 60 2 58 2 56 2 54 2 51 22 0 CWB TC 3 29 3 23 3 16 3 10 3 05 2 98 2 92 SHC 2 66 2 64 2 61 2 59 2 58 2 55 2 53 Air flow m 3 min Models FDF...

Page 1013: ...ction of white and red connectors on the flank of control box 40 4 20 2 0 0 20 2 14 13 16 18 20 Static pressure Pa mmAq Air flow m3 min S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w S t a n d a r d L o w Square duct blower internal resistance Internal resistance withoutsuction panel 2 spot blower internal resistance S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w Squa...

Page 1014: ...5 5 13 14 16 18 20 0 0 2 20 120 12 100 10 80 8 60 6 40 4 20 2 0 0 2 20 High speed Upper limit High speed Upper limit High speed High H i g h s p e e d H i g h High speed Medium H i g h s p e e d M e d i u m Standard Upper limit Standard Upper limit High speed Low limit High speed Low limit High speed Low H i g h s p e e d L o w Standard High S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t ...

Page 1015: ...spot blower internal resistance Standard S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w High speed Upper limit Standard Upper lim it High speed Low limit H i g h s p e e d H i g h H i g h s p e e d M e d i u m H i g h s p e e d L o w Air flow m3 min Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit 120 12 100 10 80 8 60 6 40 4 20 2 0 0 0 0 24 26 30 34 38 2 20 ...

Page 1016: ...tance internal resistance S t a n d a r d S t a n d a r d H i g h H i g h S t a n d a r d S t a n d a r d M e d i u m M e d i u m S t a n d a r d L o w Square duct blower Square duct blower internal resistance internal resistance 2 spot blower 2 spot blower internal resistance internal resistance 3 spot blower internal resistance S t a n d a r d H i g h S t a n d a r d M e d i u m S t a n d a r d ...

Page 1017: ... 1 10 Model FDUMJ71HKXE2 Model FDUMJ90HKXE2 Model FDUMJ112HKXE2 Model FDUMJ140HKXE2 Air flow m3 min Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit Air flow m3 min Static pressure Pa mmAq Lower limit Upper limit 2 spot blower internal resistance 2 spot blower internal resistance Square duct blower internal resistance 3 spot blower internal resistance Square duct blower internal resistance High spe...

Page 1018: ... 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standa...

Page 1019: ...oise level 43 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at MEDIUM 38 dB A at LOW c 1 way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTS Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below Model FDTWJ90HKXE2B Noise level 41 dB A at HIGH 39 dB A at MEDIUM 36 dB A at LOW Model FDTWJ112HKXE2B Noise level 44 dB A at HIGH 41 dB A at MEDIUM 38 dB A at LOW Model FDTWJ140HKXE2B Noise level 45 dB A at HIGH 42 dB A at MEDIUM 39 dB A at LOW S...

Page 1020: ...LOW Models FDRJ45HKXE2 56HKXE2 Noise level 44 dB A at HIGH 41 dB A at MEDIUM 38 dB A at LOW Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz i Canvas duct Panel type Noise level 42 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at MEDIUM 37 dB A at L...

Page 1021: ... 1 5m Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mid octave band frequency Hz d Satellite ducted type FDUM Measured based on JIS B 8616 Mike position as below Models FDRJ71HKXE2 90HKXE2 Noise level 43 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at MEDIUM 37 dB A at LOW ...

Page 1022: ... 1m Models FDEJ36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B Model FDKJ22HKXE2 Noise level 40 dB A at HIGH 37 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz N30 N20 N50 N60 N70 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 30 40 50 60 70 20 30 40 50 60 70 N40 Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002µ bar dB Noise level 44 dB A at HIGH 40 dB A at MEDIUM 38 dB A at LOW Model FDEJ112HKXE2B Noise level 49 dB A at HIGH 46 dB A at MEDIUM 4...

Page 1023: ...d frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Elevation 4 5 1m 1m Microphone position of noise meter h Floor standing exposed type FDFL i Floor standing hidden type FDFU 1m Mike front at low point 1m Indoor unit Models FDFLJ28HKXE2 FDFUJ28HKXE2 Noise level 41 dB A at HIGH 38 dB A at MEDIUM 36 dB A at LOW Mid octave band frequency Hz Sound pressure level Standard 0 0002 µ bar dB Mode...

Page 1024: ...ON indication for CM DC12 Check indication DC12 Distant operation Spark killer Function of switches Mark Function SW5 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal Heating temp shift 3 C Normal Test run of condensate pump motor Normal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark Printed circuit bo...

Page 1025: ...itches Mark Function SW5 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark DM CnR SK 4 FS X4 CnK2 CnO CnD Y GN CnS2 RD RD WH CnU CnI A B F 3 15A TB TB TB Val FMl2 LM X Y Z RD WH WH RD BK UH UH H H M M OR OR L L CnJ CnR CnI CnJ RD WH 1 2 9 10 BL BL LS BK BK BK BK ...

Page 1026: ...SW5 2 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark X4 DM CnR 4 FS X4 CnB 2 CnK 2 CnO CnM CnD Y GN Y GN CnJS RD RD RD WH CnU CnI A B Printed circuit board F 3 15A TB TB TB Val FMl1 49FI FMl2 49FI CFl 2 CFI1 LM Trl 220 240V 8V 17V X Y Z RD Y GN RD WH WH RD BL BL WH RD BK L L M M H H UH UH CnJS CnR CnI CnJS CnW 4 CnW 4 OR OR B...

Page 1027: ...top Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark CF l1 CF I2 L L M M H H UH UH OR OR OR OR CnF 2 CnF 3 CnF 4 CnF 4 CnF 2 CnD CnF 3 CnF 4 CnF 5 CnF 5 CnF 5 L N A B F 3 15A TB TB TB X4 DM FS SK TrI 200 240V 8V 17V X Y Z RD RD WH WH RD WH WH RD BL BL WH RD BK CnO CnS CnR CnR CnI CnI CnW1 CnT CnW2 RD RD...

Page 1028: ... OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark CnU FM I1 FM I2 49FI 49FI L L M M H H UH UH OR OR OR OR A B L N F TB TB TB CnB X4 DM FS CnG CnF 3 CnF 5 CnF 5 CnF 3 CnF 5 CnF 4 CnF 2 CnF 4 CnF 4 CF I2 CF I1 CnF 2 3 15A 220 240V 8V 17V X Y Z X1 X2 X3 X1 X2 X3 1...

Page 1029: ...rse Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL BR GR OR Black Blue Brown Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark RD WH CnU L N A B Printed circuit board F 3 15A TB TB TB VaI FM I2 49F I FM I1 49F I CF I2 CF I1 LM Tr1 200 240V 8V 17V X Y Z RD WH WH WH BL BL WH RD BK CnO CnD CnM L L M M H60 H H50 UH CnJS SK CnJS CnW 4 CnW 4 CnK 2 CnK 2 CnW 3 OR OR...

Page 1030: ...p Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL GR OR Black Blue Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark L N A B F 3 15A TB CnU TB TB VaI FM I 49F I CF I 2 3 4 X Y Z RD RD WH WH WH RD BK CnO CnD L M H CnB OR X1 X2 X3 CnE CnZ Checker HA 1 2 5 BL BL 1 CnT ThI A CnF 1 CnF 1 OR OR OR CnF 2 ON OFF RD RD CnH CnN BK BK BK BK X1 X2 X3 BL BL CnK CnK 2 Check Normal 8 7 6 ThI...

Page 1031: ...for CM DC12 Check indication DC12 Distant operation Function of switches Mark Function SW5 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Reverse Invalid Run Stop Input signal SW5 2 SW5 3 Mark Color BK BL GR OR Black Blue Gray Orange Mark Color RD WH Y Y GN Red White Yellow Yellow Green Color mark L N A B F TB TB CnK CnK 2 TB FM I CF I CnF CnF CnS 3 15 Val 8V 17V X Y Z 49F I L M H X1 X2 X3 HA Checker 1 2 9 5 X1 X2 X3 8 7...

Page 1032: ...e circuit diagram for when 1 indoor unit is connected with a central flow divide controller and relay kit flow divide controller accessory 2 denotes the local wiring 3 The option shows when a remote start stop and monitoring kit is connected High pressure gas solenoid valve Low pressure gas solenoid valve Liquid solenoid valve Bypass solenoid valve Operation output Heat output Thermal ON output In...

Page 1033: ...tch for control High Pressure switch high pressure control High Pressure switch high pressure control Low Pressure switch low pressure control Thermistor outdoor air temp Thermistor dome temp Thermistor discharge temp Thermistor outdoor H X temp Current sensor Noise killer SK SA Tr Va 1 2 3 4 TB 1 2 F Cn A Y SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 1 SW 3 2 SW 3 3 LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 5 LD 1 LD 2 4 Spark killer Arrestor Trans...

Page 1034: ...en selecting contents of timer operation Set switch Use this switch to set a time for the timer Temperature Time setting switch Auto swing switch Auto swing display Indicates the swing louver condition Setting temperature display Displays the temperature that has been set Return air temperature display Displays the return air temperature Note Outdoor No Central display This is displayed when the u...

Page 1035: ... mined frequency 22 model 28 model 36 model 45 model 56 model 71 model 90 model 112 model 140 model 10 15 10 20 10 25 10 25 15 30 15 40 15 50 35 60 35 70 5 15 5 20 5 25 5 25 5 30 5 40 5 50 5 60 5 70 b Cooling thermostat off i When all thermostata of indoor unit in a module are turned off the indoor units operate in the cooling thermostat off mode per outdoor unit module ii When the decision freque...

Page 1036: ... jumper wire J3 on the indoor PCB is shorted installed at shipping the fan of the unit of which the thermostat is turned OFF during heating is operated in the Lo mode and the indoor fan is turned OFF if the temperature rises 1 C or more than the return air temperature at the thermostat OFF b Indoor fan OFF condition is maintained for 5 minutes and then the operation is reset at the Lo mode again A...

Page 1037: ...tat has turned off during heating operation the louvers stay in the horizontal position to prevent cold drafts independent of the setting of the AUTO SWING switch auto swing or stop The louver position display of LCD displays continuously the original position before this control operation When the HOT KEEP display goes out both the louver and the LCD display return to their previous positions How...

Page 1038: ...detects the draining operation is stopped with the error stop E9 is displayed and operate the drain pump b Float switch is checked 3 minutes later on the unit stopped by the error and if the error persists still the drain motor is left at ON but if the error has already been reset the drain motor is turned OFF E9 is displayed till the error is reset ii Control B a If the float switch detects the d...

Page 1039: ...ing a Conditions for starting defrosting When all the following conditions are met the defrosting operation will start Defrosting start Defrosting Finishing of defrosting start defrosting Finishing of defrosting Heating 1 min 1 min 4 min Frequency Target Hz Outdoor unit fan ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF 5 sec 5 sec ON ON or OFF Indoor unit electronic expansion valve EEV Heating...

Page 1040: ...rol of 16 unit with one remote controller a Function Multiple units even of outdoor different systems 16 units maximum can be simultaneously controlled by using a remote control switch a special order item The remote control switch is used to set the operation mode and all the unit can be operated and stopped at intervals of 0 5 to 1 second in the order of unit number Thermostat and protective fun...

Page 1041: ...ed at the level for 3 minutes The frequency is then raised by 5 Hz at 3 minute intervals till it returns to the normal operation ii When SW5 1 on the PCB of indoor unit is turned on at the field Input signal to CnT becomes valid at OFF ON only and the motion of air conditioner ON OFF is inverted CnT Input A Unit B Unit OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF Capacirty F u l l l o a d Hot gas bypas...

Page 1042: ...he frequency which was requested from the indoor side has changed 20 Hz or more the operation pattern is changed by one step at the actuation of the pressure swich even if it is within 2 minutes Changing of operation pattern after a larger change of load When the indoor load has changed largely like a case when scales of heating cooling loads have been inverted for example the operation pattern is...

Page 1043: ...fter that the heating output of in door unit where cooling heating has been changed is changed over 2 The 4 way valve 20SL 20SS is changed over at 2 minutes after the compressor stopped 3 The compressor starts operation with the operation pattern shown in the following diagram after 3 minutes stop b When the compressor has kept on stopping for 2 minutes and 45 seconds or more 1 The heating output ...

Page 1044: ...hen the compressor returns to the normal operation Note 1 Detail of Frequency Control Canceling Operation When a high pressure control is canceled the frequency increases 5 Hz and the frequency is retained for 3 minutes The frequency increases 5 Hz every 3 minutes to the normal operation d Discharge gas Temperature Control All Operation Modes e Compressor Control at the during of startup When the ...

Page 1045: ...er operate them with hot gas bypass 3minutes later for 3 minutes When the frequency is below the current safe value operate them with full loads of 35 Hz cancel the frequency control to bring them back to the normal operation 2 When the decision frequency under the fuzzy control get lower than the current safe frequency during a current safe control bring them back to the normal operation When the...

Page 1046: ...d LED 7 times flash will appear m Frost prevention during cooling To prevent frost during a cooling operation check temperature to be detected with ThI R of the indoor unit heat exchanger and lower the frequency of indoor unit opening of expansion valve when the temperature drops below 3 C When the heat exchanger temperature is below 2 C for more than 2 minutes turn off the thermostat and start a ...

Page 1047: ...confirm that the installation site can sufficiently support heavy weight When strength is insufficient injury can result from a falling of the unit Execute the prescribed installation construction to prepare for earthquakes and the strong winds of typhoons and hurricanes etc Improper installations can result in accidents due to a violent falling over of the unit For electrical work please see that...

Page 1048: ...age of rain water and water formed by defrosting is acceptable g In heating operation snow deposit on the heat exchanger of outdoor unit must be prevented for keeping the normal performance capacity Snow hood no outdoor unit as in drawing will reduce the frequency of defrost operation When installing the snow hood take care so that the air outlet of the snow hood will not face directly into the mo...

Page 1049: ...tacle above the unit as well 5 When there is no obstacle above the unit Note 1 The side air outlet and the up air outlet indicate that wind direction variable adapters available on the optional parts are fitted to the unit 6 When installed in a narrow space there are obstacles in front side of and at the rear side of the unit Remarks When there is a space above the unit install the unit in the sam...

Page 1050: ... unit Remarks When the unit is installed continuously side by side any multiple units can be installed 2 Continuous Installation on side to side There are obstacles in front side of and at the rear side of the unit Keep a space of more than 10 mm between the units Note 1 The obstacle at the rear side shall be lower than the unit and the obstacle in front side shall be less than 1000 mm Remarks Whe...

Page 1051: ...al Up air outlet L1 1500 or more 800 or more L2 1000 or more 800 or more Note 1 Make the air outlet the diagonal air outlet standard or the up air outlet option 5 In the case where the unit is exposed to strong wind a Face the unit air outlet at a 90º angle from the direction of the wind b Securing outdoor unit in the case of exposure to severe weather conditions Fix the unit in the following way ...

Page 1052: ...talled by referring to the following a Fix the unit to the foundation with anchor bolts b When installing the unit be sure to fix the pedestal of the unit with bolts c Install the unit securely not to be fallen by earthquake or strong of wind d Prepare a concrete foundation referring to the above figure Unit mm ...

Page 1053: ...s condensation 2 Don t perform refrigerant piping work while it rains 3 To suspend outdoor piping work perform curing to prevent water admission Bad effects of water Capillary tube and expansion valve clogging Refrigerant hydrolysis Acid generation Iron copper corrosion Crystal foreign material clathrate compound generation resulting from reaction on refrigerating machine oil c Don t admit dust or...

Page 1054: ...ff in the middle of the diameter that is used in that locality Branch pipe set part shapes DIS 1KXR3 E Symbol Name Branch pipe Reducer Part shape Quantity 1 Remarks Intake gas piping 1 Discharge gas piping 1 Liquid piping 1 Intake gas piping FDCP2501HKXRE2 1 2 3 a φ19 05 φ25 4 φ15 88 φ15 88 φ15 88 φ19 05 φ19 05 φ19 05 φ15 88 φ12 7 φ19 05 φ19 05 φ15 88 φ15 88 519 424 247 100 φ25 4 φ12 7 φ12 7 φ12 7...

Page 1055: ...n Relay kit For controller Number of divisions ID15 88 OD12 7 OD15 88 OD9 52 ID6 35 ID 19 05 ID 12 7 When the outdoor unit are installed at a higher level than the individual flow divide controller and a vertical flow divider is required for the piping connections of 2 or more individual flow divide controllers for 1 module use the flow divider pipe set for vertical divides Flow divider pipe set f...

Page 1056: ...ected indoor units 45 Total capacity of connected indoor units 36 Total capacity of connected indoor units 28 Indoor unit piping size 112 Indoor unit piping size 71 56 Indoor unit piping size 45 36 28 A B C D E F G H I J K a b c d f Selection procedure Item Piping size mm Intake gas line Gas line Liquid line ø28 58 ø25 4 ø19 05 ø19 05 ø15 88 ø19 05 ø15 88 ø12 7 ø12 7 ø12 7 ø12 7 ø19 05 ø19 05 ø15 ...

Page 1057: ...ns of outdoor unit and the positional relations with indoor units 3 For connections to the operation valves and attendant piping connect gas pipes first then liquid pipes Remove the seal on the flange of the gas side service valve Place the accessory packing between the flanges of the gas side service valve and of the attendant piping for gas before connection Item Model FDCP2001HKXRE2 FDCP2501HKX...

Page 1058: ... shown in the illustration at left 65 62 Intake gas side Accessory Intake gas side connection pipe Accessory Gas side connection pipe Accessory Liquid pipe On site piping Back Half brank 80 105 40 107 100 65 70 250 75 60 43 100 85 c How to connect piping 1 Connection to front directions a Remove the front hall blank pass through he hole the intake gas side gas side and liquid pipes and then connec...

Page 1059: ... gas and liquid piping Apply the insulation so that is tight against the piping and free of gaps Route the connecting wires with the insulation and wrap the entire bundle with exterior tape 5 Air tight test a When conducting an air tight test of local piping connect the piping to the check joint of the evacuating pipe connected to the gas side service valve and keep the service valve closed The ai...

Page 1060: ...ditionally charged in local piping depends on connection pipe size but not on indoor unit type Amount of refrigerant to be charged in the local piping Actual length of liquid pipe Amount of refrigerant additionally charged per meter of liquid pipe Example Amount of refrigerant additionally changed I1 0 12 I2 0 06 I3 0 03 I1 Overall length m of φ12 7 liquid pipe I2 Overall length m of φ9 52 liquid ...

Page 1061: ...ide controllor Remote controller wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 Precaution in electric wiring a Use separate power supplies for the outdoor and indoor units respectiveliy Standard specification b Signal wiring for indoor and outdoor units Double core cable with a diameter 0 75 to 2 mm2 should be used for the signal wires Never make the indoor and outdoor connecting signal line use co axial cable or strand...

Page 1062: ...2 For connection to the terminal block use as M3 5 5 32 round eye let terminal is shown below Either of the above wiring is correct A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B Outdoor signal teminal block Indoor signal terminal block Double cores 0 75 2 mm2 Total length of signal wires 1000 m or less 7 mm or less Outdoor Indoor units connection procedures Power source indoor unit side Individual flow divide c...

Page 1063: ...g a Wiring for controlling only one indoor unit Note 1 Cables for the remote controller have polarity Be sure to connect terminal blocks with the same numbers If mis wiring occurs E1 is displayed and disables the unit from operating X Y Z Red White Black X Y Z Red White Black Indoor unit terminal blocks Remote controller terminal blocks b If plural outdoor units are used 1 A maximum of 48 indoor u...

Page 1064: ...wn in the drawing below 2 Connect each of the indoor units for group controlling 3 cables a Connect the cables to the terminal blocks of X Y and Z for the indoor unit remote controller Since the cables have polarity be sure to connect them to terminal blocks with the same numbers b Use cables of more than 0 5 mm2 Flexible and easily moved c The total length of cables for crossover connection and t...

Page 1065: ...ld never be duplicated a Auto address setting This setting is used when wiring on the basis of outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor No 49 00 47 00 47 Indoor unit Indoor No 49 49 00 47 Address setting method Auto address Remote control address Manual address Outdoor No 49 49 00 47 On indoor PCB SW1 2 blue SW3 4 green SW1 2 green On outdoor PCB For setting of indoor No orders of 10 and 1 For setting of...

Page 1066: ... down both the switches Check and Timer Memory of address is erased If the power supply to the indoor and outdoor units is turned off later the system returns to the state of no address setting Then one of the three address setting methods can be selected by changing combinations of the address switches b Setting of remote control addresses This setting is used when connecting a plural number of i...

Page 1067: ...isplay flashes and you can set new addresses Set the outdoor and indoor address Nos same as described above New addresses can be set Erasing the addresses set by the remote control address setting Holding down both the switches Check and Timer press the Fan speed switch Addresses in the memory are erased Turn power off on the indoor and outdoor units so that it returns to the no address setting co...

Page 1068: ...ve devices are effectively controlled and frequencies are controlled to become smaller b The frequency for operation can be monitored with yellow LEDs on the indoor unit circuit board Relations between LED lighting condition and frequency are as follows No 4 of Sw3 Test run Normal No 5 of Sw3 All connected indoor units operate when the switch is set to ON Indoor units request the maximum frequency...

Page 1069: ...ny switches other than the above are pressed c During the cooling test run operation the setting temperature changed at 5 C but any other control and protective functions are operable just like in the normal operation If any error occurs the location of error is indicated on the remote controller display or with the condition of flashing of inspection lamp red on the main unit controller Remove th...

Page 1070: ...rouble was reset automatically Inspection lamp on the indoor unit PCB is turned off if the remote controller is reset 1 Inspection normal List of power display Remote controller Indoor outdoor unit Inverters Display section Power supply display Error code Inspection display Normal display Error display Normaly display Error display Display LCD LCD Red LED Green LED Red LED Green LD1 Red LD2 Red LD...

Page 1071: ...versely connected For wire breaking at power ON the LED is OFF Remote controller wire is open X wire breaking A beep is produced and no indication is made Z wire breaking No beep and no indication The remote controller wires Y and Z are reversely connected 32 sec time flash Indoor unit PCB fault The remote controller wires are connected to A and B on the terminal block The indoor outdoor signal wi...

Page 1072: ...ing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Red Green Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF Stays OFF 8 time flash 2 time flash ...

Page 1073: ...ermistor Broken wire of indoor unit return air thermistor Drain error float switch motion Error code Timing of error detection When the transmission error continuously for 2 min Resetting was performed at the rate of 1 time per second An abnormal stop occurred 120 times running A check was made once every 20 second An abnormal stop occurred 7 time running After a compressor ON command this failure...

Page 1074: ... minutes A stop occurs at 90 C or more After 3 minutes a recovery was automatically made at 83 C or less Abnormal stop occurs when this abnormality occurs 2 times for 2 hours An abnormal stop occurs when this abnormality occurs 4 times for 15 minutes This error is detected when the number of connectable units is set over the specified value at remote control addressing When an transmission error c...

Page 1075: ... because the wire of remote controller wired remote controller signal wires for multiple units or the network signal wires may be influenced by external noises whitch are judged as signals by the microcomputer whitch reacts mistakenly When there is any noise source it is necessary to the shield wire for the remote controller and signal wires Note 1 High frequency medical machine rectifier motor ap...

Page 1076: ...oller is not operated the operation cannot be stopped with the remote controller etc Reference b Eroor diagnosis procedures at the indoor unit side The error diagnosis for indoor units is the same as for the Multi KX Series For details please refer to the section for the KX Series found on pages 910 to 917 Cover the entire surface of control box or the inside of unit cover with the cover foil or c...

Page 1077: ...t Forced Heat Cool Trial Snowing Defrosting Reset J3 J2 J1 ON ii Parts layout on the outdoor unit PCB SW3 1 SW3 2 SW3 3 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Function Check LED reset Normal operation Easy to start defrosting Normal operation Measure against snow Normal operation Reference page 1037 1039 Name Function of jumper wires Function of DIP switch SW3 4 SW3 5 SW3 6 SW3 7 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Functio...

Page 1078: ...tdoor units OK Change of unit num ber setting NO 1 YES Is the connection of network signal wires good NO Power not supplied Power supply wiring error Repair Note 1 NO outdoor unit corre sponding to the indoor unit Repair the door con nection broken wire of network signal wires Indoor unit Red LED Green LED 2 time flash Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Stays OFF Outdoor unit ...

Page 1079: ...power on Signal wire poor connection at outdoor unit Repair Repair Power supply reset Is it normalized Signal wire poor contact between indoor outdoor units Unit is normal Malfunction by accidental noise YES YES YES NO NO Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement De fective network communi cation circuit 1 2 Indoor unit Red LED Green LED 2time flash Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED Stays...

Page 1080: ...ected at 52C primary side L3 phase and there is no error at 52C the outdoor unit PCB defective 52X01 circuit or 52X01 or indoor unit PCB defective thermostat circuit is defective Is the discharge gas ther mistror characteristics normal YES NO NO Discharge pipe thermis tor replacement Is the unit normalized Defective outdoor unit PCB Replacement Defective discharge gas thermistor input circuit Disc...

Page 1081: ...unit PCB Replacement Defective outdoor temperature thermistor input cicuit 6 Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Indoor unit Error display Defective outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor 7 Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED Keeps flashing Keeps flashing Indoor unit Error display Defective ou...

Page 1082: ...here sufficient space for air inlet outlet 2 During heating Is the gas side service valve fully opened Is the indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor detached from the detector case Is the filter clogged Is the outdoor unit fan controlled by due to defective 63H2 3 During colling heating Is the refrigerant charge excessive YES Did 63H1 operate NO Is the discharge gas thermistor connector connection ...

Page 1083: ...s there any short circuit on the indoor outdoor unit During cooling Is FMO operating At heating Is FM1 operating Is the service valve gas side opened fully Is the filter clogged 10 Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED 4 time flash Keeps flashing Indoor unit Error display Power transistor overheating 11 Red LED Green LED Stays OFF Keeps flashing Outdoor unit Red...

Page 1084: ...not faulty 2 1 2 seconds after a start FDCP2001 type Approx 32 A FDCP2501 type Approx 37 A Defective inverter Refer to 1090 page Defective inverter Refer to 1090 page Defective compressor Defective compressor Disconnect the compressor wiring Defective inverter The compressor can operate Is the output voltage of the inverter normal Isn t the stating current 2 excessive When the compressor wiring is...

Page 1085: ...eps flashing Outdoor unit Red LED Green LED 9 time flash Keeps flashing Indoor unit Notes 1 The maximum number of connect able unit of each model is as follows 9 2 Outdoor No setting check for in door units to see if outdoor No is of other system 3 In case of auto addressing erase the addresses stored in memory and perform re setting Notes 1 Make a check referring to Troubleshooting for Inverter p...

Page 1086: ...ication from inverter PCB to outdoor unit PCB Inverter overheat Current cut V analog tester 0V 12V Swings at 11 11 5V Swings at 4 5 5V Swings at 2 4V 5V normal 0V abnormal Connector d How to advance checks for each faulty symptom i Inspection method when there is no error display 1 YES NO Are automatic address and manual address coexstent on the same network Repair to manual address Defective outd...

Page 1087: ... Repair the wire NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO Defective LS Replacement Defective indoor unit PCB Replacemet NO NO YES Turn off and back on again the power and check the motion of LS It is normal if it stops with 2 pushes on LS Adjust LS lever and check again Defective indoor unit PCB Does the louver operate at power on Is the louver operated with the remote controller Is LM wire bloken Is LM locked...

Page 1088: ...olenoid valve Replace NO YES Defective relay XH Replace Defective relay Replace Is heat outputted NO Are solenoid valve control relays OK Is AC 200V applied at shunt controller connector CnB Heating operation does not start 4 Note 1 This is applicable only when a concentrated shunt controller is used ...

Page 1089: ...ad to command an unconditonal 35Hz operation from the inverter PCB Strap the connector Cn15 on the inverter PCB 1 3 When the remote controller indication is nomal but the compressor cannot operate No check indication Give instructions so that the requested best frequency may be output irrespective of the thermostat condition from outdoor to indoor A ccord ingly if the indoor outdoor transmission i...

Page 1090: ... outdoor unit PCB or indoor unit PCB Or pull out the connector CnA2 on the outdoor unit PCB When connecting the CnA2 on the outdoor unit PCB Pull out Faston No 17 on the PCB Is the 52C turnd ON Does a voltage Appear at the 52C coil Can the compressor operate at 35Hz Continued to the previous page Note 1 When using this procedure the indoor unit enters a transmission error state In the indoor unit ...

Page 1091: ... indoor unit expansion valve is normal or there is no clogging c Check if the anti frost function operates Procedure for Checking Indoor unit Electronic Expansion Valve Operation Check the indoor unit controller to expansion valve output according to the following procedure Measure the voltage value appearing at the pin on the control side of the expansion valve SM connector CnA white 6P 5 conduct...

Page 1092: ...ent NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Is an outdoor provided at the Cn13 and 14 on the inverter PCB Is AC200V provided at U V and W on the power tran sistor module YES Does the LD1 green on the inverter PCB flashing Is 52C turned ON Is DC280V provided between and of the capacitor Is DC280V is provided at the Cn2 on the inverter PCB Is the capacitor normal Is there continuity in the reactor ...

Page 1093: ...5 6 7 Contents of communication Common 12 V power supply Transmission from outdoor unit Reception from outdoor unit Watch dog communication from the inverter circuit board to the outdoor unit PCB Inverter overheating Current cut V analog tester 0V 12V Swings between 11V and 11 5V Swings between 4 5V and 5V Swings between 2V and 4V 5V normal 0V abnormal 5V normal 0V abnormal Connector Check the app...

Page 1094: ...1092 FDC HKXR MEMO ...

Page 1095: ...XE2B 224HKXE2B 280HKXE2B FDTJ28HKXE2 36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 90HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDTSJ22HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDUMJ36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 14...

Page 1096: ...280HKXE2B FDTJ28HKXE2 36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 90HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDTSJ22HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 28HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 45HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 56HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 71HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 90HKXE2 Silent Panel Canva...

Page 1097: ...HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDTSJ22HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDUMJ36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDKJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 FDFLJ28HKXE2 45HKXE2 71HKXE2 2 Correction of outdoor unit capacity accord...

Page 1098: ...ssed type FDT Modles All models b 2 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTW Models All models c 1 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTS Models All models d Cassetteria type FDR Models All models e Satellite ducted type FDUM Models All models f Ceiling suspension type FDE Models All models g Wall mounted type FDK Models All models h Floor standing exposed type FDFL Modles All models i Floor standing ...

Page 1099: ...llation of indoor unit 1 Ceiling recessed type FDT 2 2 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTW 3 1 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTS 4 Cassetteria type FDR 5 Satellite ducted type FDUM 6 Ceiling suspension type FDE 7 Wall mounted type FDK 8 Floor standing exposed type FDFL 9 Floor standing hidden type FDFU ...

Page 1100: ...19 6 MAINTENANCE DATA 1 Before starting troubleshooting P904 P908 2 Procedures of trouble diagnosis P908 P933 3 Trouble diagnosis at the inverter side P933 P934 ...

Page 1101: ...2 36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 90HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDTSJ22HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDUMJ36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDKJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 36HKXE2...

Page 1102: ...E2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDTWJ28HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 90HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDTSJ22HKXE2B 28HKXE2B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 28HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 45HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 56HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 71HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 90HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 112HKXE2 Silent Panel Canvas Panel 140HKXE2...

Page 1103: ...B 36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 71HKXE2B FDRJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDUMJ36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 90HKXE2 112HKXE2 140HKXE2 FDEJ36HKXE2B 45HKXE2B 56HKXE2B 71HKXE2B 112HKXE2B 140HKXE2B FDKJ22HKXE2 28HKXE2 36HKXE2 45HKXE2 56HKXE2 71HKXE2 FDFLJ28HKXE2 45HKXE2 71HKXE2 2 Correction of outdoor unit capacity according to capacity of indoor unit to be operated simulta...

Page 1104: ...cessed type FDT Modles All models b 2 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTW Models All models c 1 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTS Models All models d Cassetteria type FDR Models All models e Satellite ducted type FDUM Models All models f Ceiling suspension type FDE Models All models g Wall mounted type FDK Models All models h Floor standing exposed type FDFL Modles All models i Floor standin...

Page 1105: ...llation of indoor unit 1 Ceiling recessed type FDT 2 2 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTW 3 1 Way outlet ceiling recessed type FDTS 4 Cassetteria type FDR 5 Satellite ducted type FDUM 6 Ceiling suspension type FDE 7 Wall mounted type FDK 8 Floor standing exposed type FDFL 9 Floor standing hidden type FDFU ...

Page 1106: ...oller by pressing the inspection switch and the inspection display and normal display lamps on PCBs of indoor outdoor units P1068 P1072 2 Procedures of trouble diagnosis P1072 P1087 3 When the remote controller indication is nomal but the compressor cannot operate No check indication P1087 P1091 ...

Search results

Summary of Contents for SRRM40HENG-L

Reviews:

Mitsubishi Heavy Industries SRRM40HENG-L, Handbook, Page: 710 / 1106

Search results

Summary of Contents for SRRM40HENG-L

Reviews: